1 /* GTK - The GIMP Toolkit
2 * Copyright (C) 1995-1997 Peter Mattis, Spencer Kimball and Josh MacDonald
4 * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
5 * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
6 * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
7 * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
9 * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
12 * Lesser General Public License for more details.
14 * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
15 * License along with this library; if not, write to the
16 * Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
17 * Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
21 * Modified by the GTK+ Team and others 1997-2000. See the AUTHORS
22 * file for a list of people on the GTK+ Team. See the ChangeLog
23 * files for a list of changes. These files are distributed with
24 * GTK+ at ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk/.
31 #include "gtkcontainer.h"
32 #include "gtkaccelmap.h"
33 #include "gtkclipboard.h"
34 #include "gtkiconfactory.h"
37 #include "gtkmarshalers.h"
39 #include "gtkselection.h"
40 #include "gtksettings.h"
41 #include "gtksizegroup.h"
42 #include "gtkwidget.h"
43 #include "gtkwindow.h"
44 #include "gtkbindings.h"
45 #include "gtkprivate.h"
47 #include "gdk/gdkprivate.h" /* Used in gtk_reset_shapes_recurse to avoid copy */
48 #include <gobject/gvaluecollector.h>
49 #include <gobject/gobjectnotifyqueue.c>
50 #include "gdk/gdkkeysyms.h"
51 #include "gtkaccessible.h"
52 #include "gtktooltip.h"
53 #include "gtkinvisible.h"
54 #include "gtkbuildable.h"
55 #include "gtkbuilderprivate.h"
58 #define WIDGET_CLASS(w) GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (w)
59 #define INIT_PATH_SIZE (512)
100 PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT,
101 SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT,
102 SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT,
103 SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT,
118 VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT,
122 ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED,
148 PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT,
149 PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD,
152 PROP_EXTENSION_EVENTS,
161 typedef struct _GtkStateData GtkStateData;
166 guint state_restoration : 1;
167 guint parent_sensitive : 1;
168 guint use_forall : 1;
171 /* --- prototypes --- */
172 static void gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass);
173 static void gtk_widget_base_class_finalize (GtkWidgetClass *klass);
174 static void gtk_widget_init (GtkWidget *widget);
175 static void gtk_widget_set_property (GObject *object,
179 static void gtk_widget_get_property (GObject *object,
183 static void gtk_widget_dispose (GObject *object);
184 static void gtk_widget_real_destroy (GtkObject *object);
185 static void gtk_widget_finalize (GObject *object);
186 static void gtk_widget_real_show (GtkWidget *widget);
187 static void gtk_widget_real_hide (GtkWidget *widget);
188 static void gtk_widget_real_map (GtkWidget *widget);
189 static void gtk_widget_real_unmap (GtkWidget *widget);
190 static void gtk_widget_real_realize (GtkWidget *widget);
191 static void gtk_widget_real_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget);
192 static void gtk_widget_real_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
193 GtkRequisition *requisition);
194 static void gtk_widget_real_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
195 GtkAllocation *allocation);
196 static void gtk_widget_real_style_set (GtkWidget *widget,
197 GtkStyle *previous_style);
198 static void gtk_widget_real_direction_changed(GtkWidget *widget,
199 GtkTextDirection previous_direction);
201 static void gtk_widget_real_grab_focus (GtkWidget *focus_widget);
202 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
205 gboolean keyboard_tip,
206 GtkTooltip *tooltip);
207 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_show_help (GtkWidget *widget,
208 GtkWidgetHelpType help_type);
210 static void gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed (GtkWidget *object,
212 GParamSpec **pspecs);
213 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_key_press_event (GtkWidget *widget,
215 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_key_release_event (GtkWidget *widget,
217 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event (GtkWidget *widget,
218 GdkEventFocus *event);
219 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event (GtkWidget *widget,
220 GdkEventFocus *event);
221 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
222 GtkDirectionType direction);
223 static void gtk_widget_real_move_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
224 GtkDirectionType direction);
225 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
226 GtkDirectionType direction);
227 static PangoContext* gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget);
228 static void gtk_widget_update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget);
229 static void gtk_widget_propagate_state (GtkWidget *widget,
231 static void gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (GtkWidget *widget);
232 static void gtk_widget_set_style_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
234 gboolean initial_emission);
235 static gint gtk_widget_event_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
237 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
238 gboolean group_cycling);
239 static void gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info);
240 static AtkObject* gtk_widget_real_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget);
241 static void gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init (AtkImplementorIface *iface);
242 static AtkObject* gtk_widget_ref_accessible (AtkImplementor *implementor);
243 static void gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (GtkWidget *widget,
245 static GdkScreen * gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (GtkWidget *widget);
246 static void gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (GtkWidget *widget);
247 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
250 static void gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
251 gboolean has_tooltip,
253 static void gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface);
254 static void gtk_widget_buildable_set_name (GtkBuildable *buildable,
256 static const gchar * gtk_widget_buildable_get_name (GtkBuildable *buildable);
257 static GObject * gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
259 const gchar *childname);
260 static void gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property (GtkBuildable *buildable,
263 const GValue *value);
264 static gboolean gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start (GtkBuildable *buildable,
267 const gchar *tagname,
268 GMarkupParser *parser,
270 static void gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
273 const gchar *tagname,
275 static void gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
276 GtkBuilder *builder);
278 static void gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget);
280 static void gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
283 static void gtk_widget_get_draw_rectangle (GtkWidget *widget,
287 /* --- variables --- */
288 static gpointer gtk_widget_parent_class = NULL;
289 static guint widget_signals[LAST_SIGNAL] = { 0 };
290 static GtkStyle *gtk_default_style = NULL;
291 static GSList *colormap_stack = NULL;
292 static guint composite_child_stack = 0;
293 static GtkTextDirection gtk_default_direction = GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR;
294 static GParamSpecPool *style_property_spec_pool = NULL;
296 static GQuark quark_property_parser = 0;
297 static GQuark quark_aux_info = 0;
298 static GQuark quark_accel_path = 0;
299 static GQuark quark_accel_closures = 0;
300 static GQuark quark_event_mask = 0;
301 static GQuark quark_extension_event_mode = 0;
302 static GQuark quark_parent_window = 0;
303 static GQuark quark_pointer_window = 0;
304 static GQuark quark_shape_info = 0;
305 static GQuark quark_input_shape_info = 0;
306 static GQuark quark_colormap = 0;
307 static GQuark quark_pango_context = 0;
308 static GQuark quark_rc_style = 0;
309 static GQuark quark_accessible_object = 0;
310 static GQuark quark_mnemonic_labels = 0;
311 static GQuark quark_tooltip_markup = 0;
312 static GQuark quark_has_tooltip = 0;
313 static GQuark quark_tooltip_window = 0;
314 GParamSpecPool *_gtk_widget_child_property_pool = NULL;
315 GObjectNotifyContext *_gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context = NULL;
317 /* --- functions --- */
319 gtk_widget_get_type (void)
321 static GType widget_type = 0;
323 if (G_UNLIKELY (widget_type == 0))
325 const GTypeInfo widget_info =
327 sizeof (GtkWidgetClass),
328 NULL, /* base_init */
329 (GBaseFinalizeFunc) gtk_widget_base_class_finalize,
330 (GClassInitFunc) gtk_widget_class_init,
331 NULL, /* class_finalize */
332 NULL, /* class_init */
335 (GInstanceInitFunc) gtk_widget_init,
336 NULL, /* value_table */
339 const GInterfaceInfo accessibility_info =
341 (GInterfaceInitFunc) gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init,
342 (GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
343 NULL /* interface data */
346 const GInterfaceInfo buildable_info =
348 (GInterfaceInitFunc) gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init,
349 (GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
350 NULL /* interface data */
353 widget_type = g_type_register_static (GTK_TYPE_OBJECT, "GtkWidget",
354 &widget_info, G_TYPE_FLAG_ABSTRACT);
356 g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, ATK_TYPE_IMPLEMENTOR,
357 &accessibility_info) ;
358 g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, GTK_TYPE_BUILDABLE,
367 child_property_notify_dispatcher (GObject *object,
371 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (object)->dispatch_child_properties_changed (GTK_WIDGET (object), n_pspecs, pspecs);
375 gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
377 static GObjectNotifyContext cpn_context = { 0, NULL, NULL };
378 GObjectClass *gobject_class = G_OBJECT_CLASS (klass);
379 GtkObjectClass *object_class = GTK_OBJECT_CLASS (klass);
380 GtkBindingSet *binding_set;
382 gtk_widget_parent_class = g_type_class_peek_parent (klass);
384 quark_property_parser = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-rc-property-parser");
385 quark_aux_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-aux-info");
386 quark_accel_path = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accel-path");
387 quark_accel_closures = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accel-closures");
388 quark_event_mask = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-event-mask");
389 quark_extension_event_mode = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-extension-event-mode");
390 quark_parent_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-parent-window");
391 quark_pointer_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-pointer-window");
392 quark_shape_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-shape-info");
393 quark_input_shape_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-input-shape-info");
394 quark_colormap = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-colormap");
395 quark_pango_context = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-pango-context");
396 quark_rc_style = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-rc-style");
397 quark_accessible_object = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accessible-object");
398 quark_mnemonic_labels = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-mnemonic-labels");
399 quark_tooltip_markup = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-tooltip-markup");
400 quark_has_tooltip = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-has-tooltip");
401 quark_tooltip_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-tooltip-window");
403 style_property_spec_pool = g_param_spec_pool_new (FALSE);
404 _gtk_widget_child_property_pool = g_param_spec_pool_new (TRUE);
405 cpn_context.quark_notify_queue = g_quark_from_static_string ("GtkWidget-child-property-notify-queue");
406 cpn_context.dispatcher = child_property_notify_dispatcher;
407 _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context = &cpn_context;
409 gobject_class->dispose = gtk_widget_dispose;
410 gobject_class->finalize = gtk_widget_finalize;
411 gobject_class->set_property = gtk_widget_set_property;
412 gobject_class->get_property = gtk_widget_get_property;
414 object_class->destroy = gtk_widget_real_destroy;
416 klass->activate_signal = 0;
417 klass->set_scroll_adjustments_signal = 0;
418 klass->dispatch_child_properties_changed = gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed;
419 klass->show = gtk_widget_real_show;
420 klass->show_all = gtk_widget_show;
421 klass->hide = gtk_widget_real_hide;
422 klass->hide_all = gtk_widget_hide;
423 klass->map = gtk_widget_real_map;
424 klass->unmap = gtk_widget_real_unmap;
425 klass->realize = gtk_widget_real_realize;
426 klass->unrealize = gtk_widget_real_unrealize;
427 klass->size_request = gtk_widget_real_size_request;
428 klass->size_allocate = gtk_widget_real_size_allocate;
429 klass->state_changed = NULL;
430 klass->parent_set = NULL;
431 klass->hierarchy_changed = NULL;
432 klass->style_set = gtk_widget_real_style_set;
433 klass->direction_changed = gtk_widget_real_direction_changed;
434 klass->grab_notify = NULL;
435 klass->child_notify = NULL;
436 klass->mnemonic_activate = gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate;
437 klass->grab_focus = gtk_widget_real_grab_focus;
438 klass->focus = gtk_widget_real_focus;
440 klass->button_press_event = NULL;
441 klass->button_release_event = NULL;
442 klass->motion_notify_event = NULL;
443 klass->delete_event = NULL;
444 klass->destroy_event = NULL;
445 klass->expose_event = NULL;
446 klass->key_press_event = gtk_widget_real_key_press_event;
447 klass->key_release_event = gtk_widget_real_key_release_event;
448 klass->enter_notify_event = NULL;
449 klass->leave_notify_event = NULL;
450 klass->configure_event = NULL;
451 klass->focus_in_event = gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event;
452 klass->focus_out_event = gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event;
453 klass->map_event = NULL;
454 klass->unmap_event = NULL;
455 klass->window_state_event = NULL;
456 klass->property_notify_event = _gtk_selection_property_notify;
457 klass->selection_clear_event = gtk_selection_clear;
458 klass->selection_request_event = _gtk_selection_request;
459 klass->selection_notify_event = _gtk_selection_notify;
460 klass->selection_received = NULL;
461 klass->proximity_in_event = NULL;
462 klass->proximity_out_event = NULL;
463 klass->drag_begin = NULL;
464 klass->drag_end = NULL;
465 klass->drag_data_delete = NULL;
466 klass->drag_leave = NULL;
467 klass->drag_motion = NULL;
468 klass->drag_drop = NULL;
469 klass->drag_data_received = NULL;
470 klass->screen_changed = NULL;
471 klass->can_activate_accel = gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel;
472 klass->grab_broken_event = NULL;
473 klass->query_tooltip = gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip;
475 klass->show_help = gtk_widget_real_show_help;
477 /* Accessibility support */
478 klass->get_accessible = gtk_widget_real_get_accessible;
480 klass->no_expose_event = NULL;
482 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
484 g_param_spec_string ("name",
486 P_("The name of the widget"),
488 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
489 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
491 g_param_spec_object ("parent",
493 P_("The parent widget of this widget. Must be a Container widget"),
495 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
497 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
499 g_param_spec_int ("width-request",
501 P_("Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be used"),
505 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
506 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
508 g_param_spec_int ("height-request",
509 P_("Height request"),
510 P_("Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be used"),
514 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
515 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
517 g_param_spec_boolean ("visible",
519 P_("Whether the widget is visible"),
521 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
522 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
524 g_param_spec_boolean ("sensitive",
526 P_("Whether the widget responds to input"),
528 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
529 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
531 g_param_spec_boolean ("app-paintable",
532 P_("Application paintable"),
533 P_("Whether the application will paint directly on the widget"),
535 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
536 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
538 g_param_spec_boolean ("can-focus",
540 P_("Whether the widget can accept the input focus"),
542 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
543 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
545 g_param_spec_boolean ("has-focus",
547 P_("Whether the widget has the input focus"),
549 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
550 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
552 g_param_spec_boolean ("is-focus",
554 P_("Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"),
556 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
557 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
559 g_param_spec_boolean ("can-default",
561 P_("Whether the widget can be the default widget"),
563 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
564 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
566 g_param_spec_boolean ("has-default",
568 P_("Whether the widget is the default widget"),
570 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
571 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
572 PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT,
573 g_param_spec_boolean ("receives-default",
574 P_("Receives default"),
575 P_("If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"),
577 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
578 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
579 PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD,
580 g_param_spec_boolean ("composite-child",
581 P_("Composite child"),
582 P_("Whether the widget is part of a composite widget"),
584 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
585 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
587 g_param_spec_object ("style",
589 P_("The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look (colors etc)"),
591 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
592 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
594 g_param_spec_flags ("events",
596 P_("The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets"),
599 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
600 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
601 PROP_EXTENSION_EVENTS,
602 g_param_spec_enum ("extension-events",
603 P_("Extension events"),
604 P_("The mask that decides what kind of extension events this widget gets"),
605 GDK_TYPE_EXTENSION_MODE,
606 GDK_EXTENSION_EVENTS_NONE,
607 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
608 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
610 g_param_spec_boolean ("no-show-all",
612 P_("Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget"),
614 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
617 * GtkWidget:has-tooltip:
619 * Enables or disables the emission of #GtkWidget::query-tooltip on @widget.
620 * A value of %TRUE indicates that @widget can have a tooltip, in this case
621 * the widget will be queried using #GtkWidget::query-tooltip to determine
622 * whether it will provide a tooltip or not.
624 * Note that setting this property to %TRUE for the first time will change
625 * the event masks of the GdkWindows of this widget to include leave-notify
626 * and motion-notify events. This cannot and will not be undone when the
627 * property is set to %FALSE again.
631 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
633 g_param_spec_boolean ("has-tooltip",
635 P_("Whether this widget has a tooltip"),
637 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
639 * GtkWidget:tooltip-text:
641 * Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string.
643 * Also see gtk_tooltip_set_text().
645 * This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the
646 * tooltip shown if the given string is not %NULL: #GtkWidget:has-tooltip
647 * will automatically be set to %TRUE and there will be taken care of
648 * #GtkWidget::query-tooltip in the default signal handler.
652 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
654 g_param_spec_string ("tooltip-text",
656 P_("The contents of the tooltip for this widget"),
658 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
660 * GtkWidget:tooltip-markup:
662 * Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string, which is marked up
663 * with the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>.
664 * Also see gtk_tooltip_set_markup().
666 * This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the
667 * tooltip shown if the given string is not %NULL: #GtkWidget:has-tooltip
668 * will automatically be set to %TRUE and there will be taken care of
669 * #GtkWidget::query-tooltip in the default signal handler.
673 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
675 g_param_spec_string ("tooltip-markup",
676 P_("Tooltip markup"),
677 P_("The contents of the tooltip for this widget"),
679 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
684 * The widget's window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise.
688 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
690 g_param_spec_object ("window",
692 P_("The widget's window if it is realized"),
694 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
697 * GtkWidget:double-buffered
699 * Whether or not the widget is double buffered.
703 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
704 PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED,
705 g_param_spec_boolean ("double-buffered",
706 P_("Double Buffered"),
707 P_("Whether or not the widget is double buffered"),
709 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
711 widget_signals[SHOW] =
712 g_signal_new (I_("show"),
713 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
715 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, show),
717 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
719 widget_signals[HIDE] =
720 g_signal_new (I_("hide"),
721 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
723 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, hide),
725 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
727 widget_signals[MAP] =
728 g_signal_new (I_("map"),
729 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
731 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, map),
733 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
735 widget_signals[UNMAP] =
736 g_signal_new (I_("unmap"),
737 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
739 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unmap),
741 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
743 widget_signals[REALIZE] =
744 g_signal_new (I_("realize"),
745 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
747 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, realize),
749 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
751 widget_signals[UNREALIZE] =
752 g_signal_new (I_("unrealize"),
753 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
755 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unrealize),
757 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
759 widget_signals[SIZE_REQUEST] =
760 g_signal_new (I_("size-request"),
761 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
763 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, size_request),
765 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED,
767 GTK_TYPE_REQUISITION | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
768 widget_signals[SIZE_ALLOCATE] =
769 g_signal_new (I_("size-allocate"),
770 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
772 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, size_allocate),
774 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED,
776 GDK_TYPE_RECTANGLE | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
778 widget_signals[STATE_CHANGED] =
779 g_signal_new (I_("state-changed"),
780 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
782 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, state_changed),
784 _gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
786 GTK_TYPE_STATE_TYPE);
789 * GtkWidget::parent-set:
790 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
791 * @old_parent: the previous parent, or %NULL if the widget
792 * just got its initial parent.
794 * The ::parent-set signal is emitted when a new parent
795 * has been set on a widget.
797 widget_signals[PARENT_SET] =
798 g_signal_new (I_("parent-set"),
799 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
801 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, parent_set),
803 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
808 * GtkWidget::hierarchy-changed:
809 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
810 * @previous_toplevel: the previous toplevel ancestor, or %NULL
811 * if the widget was previously unanchored
813 * The ::hierarchy-changed signal is emitted when the
814 * anchored state of a widget changes. A widget is
815 * <firstterm>anchored</firstterm> when its toplevel
816 * ancestor is a #GtkWindow. This signal is emitted when
817 * a widget changes from un-anchored to anchored or vice-versa.
819 widget_signals[HIERARCHY_CHANGED] =
820 g_signal_new (I_("hierarchy-changed"),
821 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
823 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, hierarchy_changed),
825 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
830 * GtkWidget::style-set:
831 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
832 * @previous_style: the previous style, or %NULL if the widget
833 * just got its initial style
835 * The ::style-set signal is emitted when a new style has been set
836 * on a widget. Note that style-modifying functions like
837 * gtk_widget_modify_base() also cause this signal to be emitted.
839 widget_signals[STYLE_SET] =
840 g_signal_new (I_("style-set"),
841 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
843 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, style_set),
845 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
849 * GtkWidget::direction-changed:
850 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
851 * @previous_direction: the previous text direction of @widget
853 * The ::direction-changed signal is emitted when the text direction
854 * of a widget changes.
856 widget_signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED] =
857 g_signal_new (I_("direction-changed"),
858 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
860 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, direction_changed),
862 _gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
864 GTK_TYPE_TEXT_DIRECTION);
867 * GtkWidget::grab-notify:
868 * @widget: the object which received the signal
869 * @was_grabbed: %FALSE if the widget becomes shadowed, %TRUE
870 * if it becomes unshadowed
872 * The ::grab-notify signal is emitted when a widget becomes
873 * shadowed by a GTK+ grab (not a pointer or keyboard grab) on
874 * another widget, or when it becomes unshadowed due to a grab
877 * A widget is shadowed by a gtk_grab_add() when the topmost
878 * grab widget in the grab stack of its window group is not
881 widget_signals[GRAB_NOTIFY] =
882 g_signal_new (I_("grab-notify"),
883 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
885 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_notify),
887 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOOLEAN,
892 * GtkWidget::child-notify:
893 * @widget: the object which received the signal
894 * @pspec: the #GParamSpec of the changed child property
896 * The ::child-notify signal is emitted for each
897 * <link linkend="child-properties">child property</link> that has
898 * changed on an object. The signal's detail holds the property name.
900 widget_signals[CHILD_NOTIFY] =
901 g_signal_new (I_("child-notify"),
902 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
903 G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST | G_SIGNAL_NO_RECURSE | G_SIGNAL_DETAILED | G_SIGNAL_NO_HOOKS,
904 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, child_notify),
906 g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__PARAM,
909 widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE] =
910 g_signal_new (I_("mnemonic-activate"),
911 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
913 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, mnemonic_activate),
914 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
915 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOOLEAN,
918 widget_signals[GRAB_FOCUS] =
919 g_signal_new (I_("grab-focus"),
920 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
921 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
922 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_focus),
924 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
926 widget_signals[FOCUS] =
927 g_signal_new (I_("focus"),
928 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (object_class),
930 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus),
931 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
932 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
934 GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
935 widget_signals[MOVE_FOCUS] =
936 g_signal_new_class_handler (I_("move-focus"),
937 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (object_class),
938 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
939 G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_real_move_focus),
941 _gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
944 GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
947 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
948 * @event: the #GdkEvent which triggered this signal
950 * The GTK+ main loop will emit three signals for each GDK event delivered
951 * to a widget: one generic ::event signal, another, more specific,
952 * signal that matches the type of event delivered (e.g.
953 * #GtkWidget::key-press-event) and finally a generic
954 * #GtkWidget::event-after signal.
956 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event
957 * and to cancel the emission of the second specific ::event signal.
958 * %FALSE to propagate the event further and to allow the emission of
959 * the second signal. The ::event-after signal is emitted regardless of
962 widget_signals[EVENT] =
963 g_signal_new (I_("event"),
964 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
966 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, event),
967 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
968 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
970 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
973 * GtkWidget::event-after:
974 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
975 * @event: the #GdkEvent which triggered this signal
977 * After the emission of the #GtkWidget::event signal and (optionally)
978 * the second more specific signal, ::event-after will be emitted
979 * regardless of the previous two signals handlers return values.
982 widget_signals[EVENT_AFTER] =
983 g_signal_new (I_("event-after"),
984 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
988 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED,
990 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
993 * GtkWidget::button-press-event:
994 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
995 * @event: the #GdkEventButton which triggered this signal
997 * The ::button-press-event signal will be emitted when a button
998 * (typically from a mouse) is pressed.
1000 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the
1001 * widget needs to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK mask.
1003 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1005 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1006 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1008 widget_signals[BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT] =
1009 g_signal_new (I_("button-press-event"),
1010 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1012 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, button_press_event),
1013 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1014 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1016 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1019 * GtkWidget::button-release-event:
1020 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1021 * @event: the #GdkEventButton which triggered this signal
1023 * The ::button-release-event signal will be emitted when a button
1024 * (typically from a mouse) is released.
1026 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the
1027 * widget needs to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK mask.
1029 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1031 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1032 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1034 widget_signals[BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT] =
1035 g_signal_new (I_("button-release-event"),
1036 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1038 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, button_release_event),
1039 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1040 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1042 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1045 * GtkWidget::scroll-event:
1046 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1047 * @event: the #GdkEventScroll which triggered this signal
1049 * The ::scroll-event signal is emitted when a button in the 4 to 7
1050 * range is pressed. Wheel mice are usually configured to generate
1051 * button press events for buttons 4 and 5 when the wheel is turned.
1053 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1054 * to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK mask.
1056 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1058 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1059 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1061 widget_signals[SCROLL_EVENT] =
1062 g_signal_new (I_("scroll-event"),
1063 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1065 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, scroll_event),
1066 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1067 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1069 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1071 * GtkWidget::motion-notify-event:
1072 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1073 * @event: the #GdkEventMotion which triggered this signal
1075 * The ::motion-notify-event signal is emitted when the pointer moves
1076 * over the widget's #GdkWindow.
1078 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget
1079 * needs to enable the #GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK mask.
1081 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1083 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1084 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1086 widget_signals[MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
1087 g_signal_new (I_("motion-notify-event"),
1088 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1090 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, motion_notify_event),
1091 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1092 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1094 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1097 * GtkWidget::composited-changed:
1098 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1100 * The ::composited-changed signal is emitted when the composited
1101 * status of @widget<!-- -->s screen changes.
1102 * See gdk_screen_is_composited().
1104 widget_signals[COMPOSITED_CHANGED] =
1105 g_signal_new (I_("composited-changed"),
1106 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1107 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
1108 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, composited_changed),
1110 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1114 * GtkWidget::keynav-failed:
1115 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1116 * @direction: the direction of movement
1118 * Gets emitted if keyboard navigation fails.
1119 * See gtk_widget_keynav_failed() for details.
1121 * Returns: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
1122 * if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
1123 * navigation attempt in its parent container(s).
1127 widget_signals[KEYNAV_FAILED] =
1128 g_signal_new_class_handler (I_("keynav-failed"),
1129 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1131 G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed),
1132 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1133 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
1135 GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
1138 * GtkWidget::delete-event:
1139 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1140 * @event: the event which triggered this signal
1142 * The ::delete-event signal is emitted if a user requests that
1143 * a toplevel window is closed. The default handler for this signal
1144 * destroys the window. Connecting gtk_widget_hide_on_delete() to
1145 * this signal will cause the window to be hidden instead, so that
1146 * it can later be shown again without reconstructing it.
1148 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1149 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1151 widget_signals[DELETE_EVENT] =
1152 g_signal_new (I_("delete-event"),
1153 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1155 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, delete_event),
1156 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1157 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1159 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1162 * GtkWidget::destroy-event:
1163 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1164 * @event: the event which triggered this signal
1166 * The ::destroy-event signal is emitted when a #GdkWindow is destroyed.
1167 * You rarely get this signal, because most widgets disconnect themselves
1168 * from their window before they destroy it, so no widget owns the
1169 * window at destroy time.
1171 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1172 * to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
1173 * automatically for all new windows.
1175 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1176 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1178 widget_signals[DESTROY_EVENT] =
1179 g_signal_new (I_("destroy-event"),
1180 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1182 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, destroy_event),
1183 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1184 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1186 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1189 * GtkWidget::expose-event:
1190 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1191 * @event: the #GdkEventExpose which triggered this signal
1193 * The ::expose-event signal is emitted when an area of a previously
1194 * obscured #GdkWindow is made visible and needs to be redrawn.
1195 * #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets will get a synthesized event from their parent
1198 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1199 * to enable the #GDK_EXPOSURE_MASK mask.
1201 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1202 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1204 widget_signals[EXPOSE_EVENT] =
1205 g_signal_new (I_("expose-event"),
1206 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1208 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, expose_event),
1209 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1210 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1212 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1215 * GtkWidget::key-press-event:
1216 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1217 * @event: the #GdkEventKey which triggered this signal
1219 * The ::key-press-event signal is emitted when a key is pressed.
1221 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1222 * to enable the #GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK mask.
1224 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1226 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1227 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1229 widget_signals[KEY_PRESS_EVENT] =
1230 g_signal_new (I_("key-press-event"),
1231 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1233 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, key_press_event),
1234 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1235 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1237 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1240 * GtkWidget::key-release-event:
1241 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1242 * @event: the #GdkEventKey which triggered this signal
1244 * The ::key-release-event signal is emitted when a key is pressed.
1246 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1247 * to enable the #GDK_KEY_RELEASE_MASK mask.
1249 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1251 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1252 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1254 widget_signals[KEY_RELEASE_EVENT] =
1255 g_signal_new (I_("key-release-event"),
1256 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1258 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, key_release_event),
1259 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1260 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1262 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1265 * GtkWidget::enter-notify-event:
1266 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1267 * @event: the #GdkEventCrossing which triggered this signal
1269 * The ::enter-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer enters
1270 * the @widget's window.
1272 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1273 * to enable the #GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
1275 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1277 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1278 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1280 widget_signals[ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
1281 g_signal_new (I_("enter-notify-event"),
1282 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1284 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, enter_notify_event),
1285 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1286 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1288 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1291 * GtkWidget::leave-notify-event:
1292 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1293 * @event: the #GdkEventCrossing which triggered this signal
1295 * The ::leave-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer leaves
1296 * the @widget's window.
1298 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1299 * to enable the #GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
1301 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1303 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1304 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1306 widget_signals[LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
1307 g_signal_new (I_("leave-notify-event"),
1308 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1310 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, leave_notify_event),
1311 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1312 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1314 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1317 * GtkWidget::configure-event
1318 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1319 * @event: the #GdkEventConfigure which triggered this signal
1321 * The ::configure-event signal will be emitted when the size, position or
1322 * stacking of the @widget's window has changed.
1324 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1325 * to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
1326 * automatically for all new windows.
1328 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1329 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1331 widget_signals[CONFIGURE_EVENT] =
1332 g_signal_new (I_("configure-event"),
1333 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1335 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, configure_event),
1336 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1337 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1339 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1342 * GtkWidget::focus-in-event
1343 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1344 * @event: the #GdkEventFocus which triggered this signal
1346 * The ::focus-in-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus
1347 * enters the @widget's window.
1349 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1350 * to enable the #GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask.
1352 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1353 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1355 widget_signals[FOCUS_IN_EVENT] =
1356 g_signal_new (I_("focus-in-event"),
1357 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1359 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus_in_event),
1360 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1361 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1363 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1366 * GtkWidget::focus-out-event
1367 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1368 * @event: the #GdkEventFocus which triggered this signal
1370 * The ::focus-out-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus
1371 * leaves the @widget's window.
1373 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1374 * to enable the #GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask.
1376 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1377 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1379 widget_signals[FOCUS_OUT_EVENT] =
1380 g_signal_new (I_("focus-out-event"),
1381 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1383 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus_out_event),
1384 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1385 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1387 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1390 * GtkWidget::map-event
1391 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1392 * @event: the #GdkEventAny which triggered this signal
1394 * The ::map-event signal will be emitted when the @widget's window is
1395 * mapped. A window is mapped when it becomes visible on the screen.
1397 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1398 * to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
1399 * automatically for all new windows.
1401 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1402 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1404 widget_signals[MAP_EVENT] =
1405 g_signal_new (I_("map-event"),
1406 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1408 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, map_event),
1409 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1410 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1412 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1415 * GtkWidget::unmap-event
1416 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1417 * @event: the #GdkEventAny which triggered this signal
1419 * The ::unmap-event signal will be emitted when the @widget's window is
1420 * unmapped. A window is unmapped when it becomes invisible on the screen.
1422 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1423 * to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
1424 * automatically for all new windows.
1426 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1427 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1429 widget_signals[UNMAP_EVENT] =
1430 g_signal_new (I_("unmap-event"),
1431 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1433 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unmap_event),
1434 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1435 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1437 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1440 * GtkWidget::property-notify-event
1441 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1442 * @event: the #GdkEventProperty which triggered this signal
1444 * The ::property-notify-event signal will be emitted when a property on
1445 * the @widget's window has been changed or deleted.
1447 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1448 * to enable the #GDK_PROPERTY_CHANGE_MASK mask.
1450 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1451 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1453 widget_signals[PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
1454 g_signal_new (I_("property-notify-event"),
1455 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1457 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, property_notify_event),
1458 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1459 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1461 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1464 * GtkWidget::selection-clear-event
1465 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1466 * @event: the #GdkEventSelection which triggered this signal
1468 * The ::selection-clear-event signal will be emitted when the
1469 * the @widget's window has lost ownership of a selection.
1471 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1472 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1474 widget_signals[SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT] =
1475 g_signal_new (I_("selection-clear-event"),
1476 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1478 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_clear_event),
1479 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1480 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1482 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1485 * GtkWidget::selection-request-event
1486 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1487 * @event: the #GdkEventSelection which triggered this signal
1489 * The ::selection-request-event signal will be emitted when
1490 * another client requests ownership of the selection owned by
1491 * the @widget's window.
1493 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1494 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1496 widget_signals[SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT] =
1497 g_signal_new (I_("selection-request-event"),
1498 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1500 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_request_event),
1501 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1502 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1504 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1506 widget_signals[SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
1507 g_signal_new (I_("selection-notify-event"),
1508 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1510 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_notify_event),
1511 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1512 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1514 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1516 widget_signals[SELECTION_RECEIVED] =
1517 g_signal_new (I_("selection-received"),
1518 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1520 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_received),
1522 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED_UINT,
1524 GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
1527 widget_signals[SELECTION_GET] =
1528 g_signal_new (I_("selection-get"),
1529 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1531 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_get),
1533 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED_UINT_UINT,
1535 GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
1540 * GtkWidget::proximity-in-event
1541 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1542 * @event: the #GdkEventProximity which triggered this signal
1544 * To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1545 * to enable the #GDK_PROXIMITY_IN_MASK mask.
1547 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1549 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1550 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1552 widget_signals[PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT] =
1553 g_signal_new (I_("proximity-in-event"),
1554 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1556 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, proximity_in_event),
1557 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1558 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1560 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1563 * GtkWidget::proximity-out-event
1564 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1565 * @event: the #GdkEventProximity which triggered this signal
1567 * To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1568 * to enable the #GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT_MASK mask.
1570 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1572 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1573 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1575 widget_signals[PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT] =
1576 g_signal_new (I_("proximity-out-event"),
1577 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1579 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, proximity_out_event),
1580 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1581 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1583 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1586 * GtkWidget::drag-leave:
1587 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1588 * @drag_context: the drag context
1589 * @time: the timestamp of the motion event
1591 * The ::drag-leave signal is emitted on the drop site when the cursor
1592 * leaves the widget. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to
1593 * undo things done in #GtkWidget::drag-motion, e.g. undo highlighting
1594 * with gtk_drag_unhighlight()
1596 widget_signals[DRAG_LEAVE] =
1597 g_signal_new (I_("drag-leave"),
1598 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1600 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_leave),
1602 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_UINT,
1604 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
1608 * GtkWidget::drag-begin:
1609 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1610 * @drag_context: the drag context
1612 * The ::drag-begin signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
1613 * started. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to set up a
1614 * custom drag icon with gtk_drag_source_set_icon().
1616 * Note that some widgets set up a drag icon in the default handler of
1617 * this signal, so you may have to use g_signal_connect_after() to
1618 * override what the default handler did.
1620 widget_signals[DRAG_BEGIN] =
1621 g_signal_new (I_("drag-begin"),
1622 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1624 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_begin),
1626 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
1628 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
1631 * GtkWidget::drag-end:
1632 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1633 * @drag_context: the drag context
1635 * The ::drag-end signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
1636 * finished. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to undo
1637 * things done in #GtkWidget::drag-begin.
1639 widget_signals[DRAG_END] =
1640 g_signal_new (I_("drag-end"),
1641 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1643 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_end),
1645 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
1647 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
1650 * GtkWidget::drag-data-delete:
1651 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1652 * @drag_context: the drag context
1654 * The ::drag-data-delete signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag
1655 * with the action %GDK_ACTION_MOVE is successfully completed. The signal
1656 * handler is responsible for deleting the data that has been dropped. What
1657 * "delete" means depends on the context of the drag operation.
1659 widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_DELETE] =
1660 g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-delete"),
1661 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1663 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_delete),
1665 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
1667 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
1670 * GtkWidget::drag-failed:
1671 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1672 * @drag_context: the drag context
1673 * @result: the result of the drag operation
1675 * The ::drag-failed signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag has
1676 * failed. The signal handler may hook custom code to handle a failed DND
1677 * operation based on the type of error, it returns %TRUE is the failure has
1678 * been already handled (not showing the default "drag operation failed"
1679 * animation), otherwise it returns %FALSE.
1681 * Return value: %TRUE if the failed drag operation has been already handled.
1685 widget_signals[DRAG_FAILED] =
1686 g_signal_new (I_("drag-failed"),
1687 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1689 0, _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1690 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_ENUM,
1692 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
1693 GTK_TYPE_DRAG_RESULT);
1696 * GtkWidget::drag-motion:
1697 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1698 * @drag_context: the drag context
1699 * @x: the x coordinate of the current cursor position
1700 * @y: the y coordinate of the current cursor position
1701 * @time: the timestamp of the motion event
1702 * @returns: whether the cursor position is in a drop zone
1704 * The drag-motion signal is emitted on the drop site when the user
1705 * moves the cursor over the widget during a drag. The signal handler
1706 * must determine whether the cursor position is in a drop zone or not.
1707 * If it is not in a drop zone, it returns %FALSE and no further processing
1708 * is necessary. Otherwise, the handler returns %TRUE. In this case, the
1709 * handler is responsible for providing the necessary information for
1710 * displaying feedback to the user, by calling gdk_drag_status().
1712 * If the decision whether the drop will be accepted or rejected can't be
1713 * made based solely on the cursor position and the type of the data, the
1714 * handler may inspect the dragged data by calling gtk_drag_get_data() and
1715 * defer the gdk_drag_status() call to the #GtkWidget::drag-data-received
1716 * handler. Note that you cannot not pass #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_DROP,
1717 * #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_MOTION or #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_ALL to gtk_drag_dest_set()
1718 * when using the drag-motion signal that way.
1720 * Also note that there is no drag-enter signal. The drag receiver has to
1721 * keep track of whether he has received any drag-motion signals since the
1722 * last #GtkWidget::drag-leave and if not, treat the drag-motion signal as
1723 * an "enter" signal. Upon an "enter", the handler will typically highlight
1724 * the drop site with gtk_drag_highlight().
1727 * drag_motion (GtkWidget *widget,
1728 * GdkDragContext *context,
1735 * PrivateData *private_data = GET_PRIVATE_DATA (widget);
1737 * if (!private_data->drag_highlight)
1739 * private_data->drag_highlight = 1;
1740 * gtk_drag_highlight (widget);
1743 * target = gtk_drag_dest_find_target (widget, context, NULL);
1744 * if (target == GDK_NONE)
1745 * gdk_drag_status (context, 0, time);
1748 * private_data->pending_status = context->suggested_action;
1749 * gtk_drag_get_data (widget, context, target, time);
1756 * drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
1757 * GdkDragContext *context,
1760 * GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
1764 * PrivateData *private_data = GET_PRIVATE_DATA (widget);
1766 * if (private_data->suggested_action)
1768 * private_data->suggested_action = 0;
1770 * /* We are getting this data due to a request in drag_motion,
1771 * * rather than due to a request in drag_drop, so we are just
1772 * * supposed to call gdk_drag_status (), not actually paste in
1775 * str = gtk_selection_data_get_text (selection_data);
1776 * if (!data_is_acceptable (str))
1777 * gdk_drag_status (context, 0, time);
1779 * gdk_drag_status (context, private_data->suggested_action, time);
1783 * /* accept the drop */
1788 widget_signals[DRAG_MOTION] =
1789 g_signal_new (I_("drag-motion"),
1790 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1792 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_motion),
1793 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1794 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_INT_INT_UINT,
1796 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
1802 * GtkWidget::drag-drop:
1803 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1804 * @drag_context: the drag context
1805 * @x: the x coordinate of the current cursor position
1806 * @y: the y coordinate of the current cursor position
1807 * @time: the timestamp of the motion event
1808 * @returns: whether the cursor position is in a drop zone
1810 * The ::drag-drop signal is emitted on the drop site when the user drops
1811 * the data onto the widget. The signal handler must determine whether
1812 * the cursor position is in a drop zone or not. If it is not in a drop
1813 * zone, it returns %FALSE and no further processing is necessary.
1814 * Otherwise, the handler returns %TRUE. In this case, the handler must
1815 * ensure that gtk_drag_finish() is called to let the source know that
1816 * the drop is done. The call to gtk_drag_finish() can be done either
1817 * directly or in a #GtkWidget::drag-data-received handler which gets
1818 * triggered by calling gtk_drag_get_data() to receive the data for one
1819 * or more of the supported targets.
1821 widget_signals[DRAG_DROP] =
1822 g_signal_new (I_("drag-drop"),
1823 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1825 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_drop),
1826 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1827 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_INT_INT_UINT,
1829 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
1835 * GtkWidget::drag-data-get:
1836 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1837 * @drag_context: the drag context
1838 * @data: the #GtkSelectionData to be filled with the dragged data
1839 * @info: the info that has been registered with the target in the
1841 * @time: the timestamp at which the data was requested
1843 * The ::drag-data-get signal is emitted on the drag source when the drop
1844 * site requests the data which is dragged. It is the responsibility of
1845 * the signal handler to fill @data with the data in the format which
1846 * is indicated by @info. See gtk_selection_data_set() and
1847 * gtk_selection_data_set_text().
1849 widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_GET] =
1850 g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-get"),
1851 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1853 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_get),
1855 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_BOXED_UINT_UINT,
1857 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
1858 GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
1863 * GtkWidget::drag-data-received:
1864 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1865 * @drag_context: the drag context
1866 * @x: where the drop happened
1867 * @y: where the drop happened
1868 * @data: the received data
1869 * @info: the info that has been registered with the target in the
1871 * @time: the timestamp at which the data was received
1873 * The ::drag-data-received signal is emitted on the drop site when the
1874 * dragged data has been received. If the data was received in order to
1875 * determine whether the drop will be accepted, the handler is expected
1876 * to call gdk_drag_status() and <emphasis>not</emphasis> finish the drag.
1877 * If the data was received in response to a #GtkWidget::drag-drop signal
1878 * (and this is the last target to be received), the handler for this
1879 * signal is expected to process the received data and then call
1880 * gtk_drag_finish(), setting the @success parameter depending on whether
1881 * the data was processed successfully.
1883 * The handler may inspect and modify @drag_context->action before calling
1884 * gtk_drag_finish(), e.g. to implement %GDK_ACTION_ASK as shown in the
1885 * following example:
1888 * drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
1889 * GdkDragContext *drag_context,
1892 * GtkSelectionData *data,
1896 * if ((data->length >= 0) && (data->format == 8))
1898 * if (drag_context->action == GDK_ACTION_ASK)
1900 * GtkWidget *dialog;
1903 * dialog = gtk_message_dialog_new (NULL,
1904 * GTK_DIALOG_MODAL |
1905 * GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT,
1907 * GTK_BUTTONS_YES_NO,
1908 * "Move the data ?\n");
1909 * response = gtk_dialog_run (GTK_DIALOG (dialog));
1910 * gtk_widget_destroy (dialog);
1912 * if (response == GTK_RESPONSE_YES)
1913 * drag_context->action = GDK_ACTION_MOVE;
1915 * drag_context->action = GDK_ACTION_COPY;
1918 * gtk_drag_finish (drag_context, TRUE, FALSE, time);
1922 * gtk_drag_finish (drag_context, FALSE, FALSE, time);
1926 widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_RECEIVED] =
1927 g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-received"),
1928 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1930 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_received),
1932 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_INT_INT_BOXED_UINT_UINT,
1934 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
1937 GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
1942 * GtkWidget::visibility-notify-event:
1943 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1944 * @event: the #GdkEventVisibility which triggered this signal
1946 * The ::visibility-notify-event will be emitted when the @widget's window
1947 * is obscured or unobscured.
1949 * To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1950 * to enable the #GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
1952 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1953 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1955 widget_signals[VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
1956 g_signal_new (I_("visibility-notify-event"),
1957 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1959 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, visibility_notify_event),
1960 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1961 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1963 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1966 * GtkWidget::client-event:
1967 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1968 * @event: the #GdkEventClient which triggered this signal
1970 * The ::client-event will be emitted when the @widget's window
1971 * receives a message (via a ClientMessage event) from another
1974 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for
1975 * the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1977 widget_signals[CLIENT_EVENT] =
1978 g_signal_new (I_("client-event"),
1979 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1981 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, client_event),
1982 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1983 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1985 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1988 * GtkWidget::no-expose-event:
1989 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1990 * @event: the #GdkEventNoExpose which triggered this signal
1992 * The ::no-expose-event will be emitted when the @widget's window is
1993 * drawn as a copy of another #GdkDrawable (with gdk_draw_drawable() or
1994 * gdk_window_copy_area()) which was completely unobscured. If the source
1995 * window was partially obscured #GdkEventExpose events will be generated
1998 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1999 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2001 widget_signals[NO_EXPOSE_EVENT] =
2002 g_signal_new (I_("no-expose-event"),
2003 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
2005 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, no_expose_event),
2006 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2007 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2009 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2012 * GtkWidget::window-state-event:
2013 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2014 * @event: the #GdkEventWindowState which triggered this signal
2016 * The ::window-state-event will be emitted when the state of the
2017 * toplevel window associated to the @widget changes.
2019 * To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget
2020 * needs to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable
2021 * this mask automatically for all new windows.
2023 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the
2024 * event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2026 widget_signals[WINDOW_STATE_EVENT] =
2027 g_signal_new (I_("window-state-event"),
2028 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
2030 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, window_state_event),
2031 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2032 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2034 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2037 * GtkWidget::damage-event:
2038 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2039 * @event: the #GdkEventExpose event
2041 * Emitted when a redirected window belonging to @widget gets drawn into.
2042 * The region/area members of the event shows what area of the redirected
2043 * drawable was drawn into.
2045 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2046 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2050 widget_signals[DAMAGE_EVENT] =
2051 g_signal_new (I_("damage-event"),
2052 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
2055 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2056 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2058 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2060 * GtkWidget::grab-broken-event:
2061 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2062 * @event: the #GdkEventGrabBroken event
2064 * Emitted when a pointer or keyboard grab on a window belonging
2065 * to @widget gets broken.
2067 * On X11, this happens when the grab window becomes unviewable
2068 * (i.e. it or one of its ancestors is unmapped), or if the same
2069 * application grabs the pointer or keyboard again.
2071 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for
2072 * the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2076 widget_signals[GRAB_BROKEN] =
2077 g_signal_new (I_("grab-broken-event"),
2078 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
2080 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_broken_event),
2081 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2082 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2084 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2086 * GtkWidget::query-tooltip:
2087 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2088 * @x: the x coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
2089 * been emitted, relative to @widget->window
2090 * @y: the y coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
2091 * been emitted, relative to @widget->window
2092 * @keyboard_mode: %TRUE if the tooltip was trigged using the keyboard
2093 * @tooltip: a #GtkTooltip
2095 * Emitted when #GtkWidget:has-tooltip is %TRUE and the #GtkSettings:gtk-tooltip-timeout
2096 * has expired with the cursor hovering "above" @widget; or emitted when @widget got
2097 * focus in keyboard mode.
2099 * Using the given coordinates, the signal handler should determine
2100 * whether a tooltip should be shown for @widget. If this is the case
2101 * %TRUE should be returned, %FALSE otherwise. Note that if
2102 * @keyboard_mode is %TRUE, the values of @x and @y are undefined and
2103 * should not be used.
2105 * The signal handler is free to manipulate @tooltip with the therefore
2106 * destined function calls.
2108 * Returns: %TRUE if @tooltip should be shown right now, %FALSE otherwise.
2112 widget_signals[QUERY_TOOLTIP] =
2113 g_signal_new (I_("query-tooltip"),
2114 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
2116 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, query_tooltip),
2117 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2118 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__INT_INT_BOOLEAN_OBJECT,
2126 * GtkWidget::popup-menu
2127 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2129 * This signal gets emitted whenever a widget should pop up a context
2130 * menu. This usually happens through the standard key binding mechanism;
2131 * by pressing a certain key while a widget is focused, the user can cause
2132 * the widget to pop up a menu. For example, the #GtkEntry widget creates
2133 * a menu with clipboard commands. See <xref linkend="checklist-popup-menu"/>
2134 * for an example of how to use this signal.
2136 * Returns: %TRUE if a menu was activated
2138 widget_signals[POPUP_MENU] =
2139 g_signal_new (I_("popup-menu"),
2140 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
2141 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
2142 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, popup_menu),
2143 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2144 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__VOID,
2146 widget_signals[SHOW_HELP] =
2147 g_signal_new (I_("show-help"),
2148 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
2149 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
2150 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, show_help),
2151 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2152 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
2154 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE);
2155 widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED] =
2156 g_signal_new (I_("accel-closures-changed"),
2157 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
2161 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
2165 * GtkWidget::screen-changed:
2166 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
2167 * @previous_screen: the previous screen, or %NULL if the
2168 * widget was not associated with a screen before
2170 * The ::screen-changed signal gets emitted when the
2171 * screen of a widget has changed.
2173 widget_signals[SCREEN_CHANGED] =
2174 g_signal_new (I_("screen-changed"),
2175 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
2177 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, screen_changed),
2179 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
2183 * GtkWidget::can-activate-accel:
2184 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2185 * @signal_id: the ID of a signal installed on @widget
2187 * Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
2188 * identified by @signal_id can currently be activated.
2189 * This signal is present to allow applications and derived
2190 * widgets to override the default #GtkWidget handling
2191 * for determining whether an accelerator can be activated.
2193 * Returns: %TRUE if the signal can be activated.
2195 widget_signals[CAN_ACTIVATE_ACCEL] =
2196 g_signal_new (I_("can-activate-accel"),
2197 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
2199 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, can_activate_accel),
2200 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2201 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__UINT,
2202 G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1, G_TYPE_UINT);
2204 binding_set = gtk_binding_set_by_class (klass);
2205 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_F10, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
2207 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_Menu, 0,
2210 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_F1, GDK_CONTROL_MASK,
2212 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
2213 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP);
2214 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KP_F1, GDK_CONTROL_MASK,
2216 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
2217 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP);
2218 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_F1, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
2220 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
2221 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_WHATS_THIS);
2222 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KP_F1, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
2224 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
2225 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_WHATS_THIS);
2227 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
2228 g_param_spec_boolean ("interior-focus",
2229 P_("Interior Focus"),
2230 P_("Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets"),
2232 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
2234 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
2235 g_param_spec_int ("focus-line-width",
2236 P_("Focus linewidth"),
2237 P_("Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line"),
2239 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
2241 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
2242 g_param_spec_string ("focus-line-pattern",
2243 P_("Focus line dash pattern"),
2244 P_("Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator"),
2246 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
2247 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
2248 g_param_spec_int ("focus-padding",
2249 P_("Focus padding"),
2250 P_("Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'"),
2252 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
2253 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
2254 g_param_spec_boxed ("cursor-color",
2256 P_("Color with which to draw insertion cursor"),
2258 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
2259 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
2260 g_param_spec_boxed ("secondary-cursor-color",
2261 P_("Secondary cursor color"),
2262 P_("Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed right-to-left and left-to-right text"),
2264 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
2265 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
2266 g_param_spec_float ("cursor-aspect-ratio",
2267 P_("Cursor line aspect ratio"),
2268 P_("Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor"),
2270 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
2273 * GtkWidget:draw-border:
2275 * The "draw-border" style property defines the size of areas outside
2276 * the widget's allocation to draw.
2280 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
2281 g_param_spec_boxed ("draw-border",
2283 P_("Size of areas outside the widget's allocation to draw"),
2285 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
2288 * GtkWidget:link-color:
2290 * The "link-color" style property defines the color of unvisited links.
2294 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
2295 g_param_spec_boxed ("link-color",
2296 P_("Unvisited Link Color"),
2297 P_("Color of unvisited links"),
2299 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
2302 * GtkWidget:visited-link-color:
2304 * The "visited-link-color" style property defines the color of visited links.
2308 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
2309 g_param_spec_boxed ("visited-link-color",
2310 P_("Visited Link Color"),
2311 P_("Color of visited links"),
2313 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
2316 * GtkWidget:wide-separators:
2318 * The "wide-separators" style property defines whether separators have
2319 * configurable width and should be drawn using a box instead of a line.
2323 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
2324 g_param_spec_boolean ("wide-separators",
2325 P_("Wide Separators"),
2326 P_("Whether separators have configurable width and should be drawn using a box instead of a line"),
2328 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
2331 * GtkWidget:separator-width:
2333 * The "separator-width" style property defines the width of separators.
2334 * This property only takes effect if #GtkWidget:wide-separators is %TRUE.
2338 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
2339 g_param_spec_int ("separator-width",
2340 P_("Separator Width"),
2341 P_("The width of separators if wide-separators is TRUE"),
2343 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
2346 * GtkWidget:separator-height:
2348 * The "separator-height" style property defines the height of separators.
2349 * This property only takes effect if #GtkWidget:wide-separators is %TRUE.
2353 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
2354 g_param_spec_int ("separator-height",
2355 P_("Separator Height"),
2356 P_("The height of separators if \"wide-separators\" is TRUE"),
2358 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
2361 * GtkWidget:scroll-arrow-hlength:
2363 * The "scroll-arrow-hlength" style property defines the length of
2364 * horizontal scroll arrows.
2368 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
2369 g_param_spec_int ("scroll-arrow-hlength",
2370 P_("Horizontal Scroll Arrow Length"),
2371 P_("The length of horizontal scroll arrows"),
2373 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
2376 * GtkWidget:scroll-arrow-vlength:
2378 * The "scroll-arrow-vlength" style property defines the length of
2379 * vertical scroll arrows.
2383 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
2384 g_param_spec_int ("scroll-arrow-vlength",
2385 P_("Vertical Scroll Arrow Length"),
2386 P_("The length of vertical scroll arrows"),
2388 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
2392 gtk_widget_base_class_finalize (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
2396 list = g_param_spec_pool_list_owned (style_property_spec_pool, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass));
2397 for (node = list; node; node = node->next)
2399 GParamSpec *pspec = node->data;
2401 g_param_spec_pool_remove (style_property_spec_pool, pspec);
2402 g_param_spec_unref (pspec);
2408 gtk_widget_set_property (GObject *object,
2410 const GValue *value,
2413 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
2418 guint32 saved_flags;
2419 gchar *tooltip_markup;
2420 const gchar *tooltip_text;
2421 GtkWindow *tooltip_window;
2424 gtk_widget_set_name (widget, g_value_get_string (value));
2427 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (g_value_get_object (value)), widget);
2429 case PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST:
2430 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, g_value_get_int (value), -2);
2432 case PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST:
2433 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, -2, g_value_get_int (value));
2436 gtk_widget_set_visible (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
2438 case PROP_SENSITIVE:
2439 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
2441 case PROP_APP_PAINTABLE:
2442 gtk_widget_set_app_paintable (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
2444 case PROP_CAN_FOCUS:
2445 saved_flags = GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget);
2446 if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
2447 GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_CAN_FOCUS);
2449 GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_CAN_FOCUS);
2450 if (saved_flags != GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget))
2451 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
2453 case PROP_HAS_FOCUS:
2454 if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
2455 gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
2458 if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
2459 gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
2461 case PROP_CAN_DEFAULT:
2462 saved_flags = GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget);
2463 if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
2464 GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT);
2466 GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT);
2467 if (saved_flags != GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget))
2468 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
2470 case PROP_HAS_DEFAULT:
2471 if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
2472 gtk_widget_grab_default (widget);
2474 case PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT:
2475 if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
2476 GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_RECEIVES_DEFAULT);
2478 GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_RECEIVES_DEFAULT);
2481 gtk_widget_set_style (widget, g_value_get_object (value));
2484 if (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget) && !GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
2485 gtk_widget_set_events (widget, g_value_get_flags (value));
2487 case PROP_EXTENSION_EVENTS:
2488 gtk_widget_set_extension_events (widget, g_value_get_enum (value));
2490 case PROP_NO_SHOW_ALL:
2491 gtk_widget_set_no_show_all (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
2493 case PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP:
2494 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget,
2495 g_value_get_boolean (value), FALSE);
2497 case PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP:
2498 tooltip_window = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_window);
2499 tooltip_markup = g_value_dup_string (value);
2501 /* Treat an empty string as a NULL string,
2502 * because an empty string would be useless for a tooltip:
2504 if (tooltip_markup && (strlen (tooltip_markup) == 0))
2506 g_free (tooltip_markup);
2507 tooltip_markup = NULL;
2510 g_object_set_qdata_full (object, quark_tooltip_markup,
2511 tooltip_markup, g_free);
2513 tmp = (tooltip_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
2514 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, tmp, FALSE);
2515 if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
2516 gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
2518 case PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT:
2519 tooltip_window = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_window);
2521 tooltip_text = g_value_get_string (value);
2523 /* Treat an empty string as a NULL string,
2524 * because an empty string would be useless for a tooltip:
2526 if (tooltip_text && (strlen (tooltip_text) == 0))
2527 tooltip_text = NULL;
2529 tooltip_markup = tooltip_text ? g_markup_escape_text (tooltip_text, -1) : NULL;
2531 g_object_set_qdata_full (object, quark_tooltip_markup,
2532 tooltip_markup, g_free);
2534 tmp = (tooltip_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
2535 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, tmp, FALSE);
2536 if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
2537 gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
2539 case PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED:
2540 gtk_widget_set_double_buffered (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
2543 G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec);
2549 gtk_widget_get_property (GObject *object,
2554 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
2563 g_value_set_string (value, widget->name);
2565 g_value_set_static_string (value, "");
2568 g_value_set_object (value, widget->parent);
2570 case PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST:
2573 gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, &w, NULL);
2574 g_value_set_int (value, w);
2577 case PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST:
2580 gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, NULL, &h);
2581 g_value_set_int (value, h);
2585 g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget) != FALSE));
2587 case PROP_SENSITIVE:
2588 g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_SENSITIVE (widget) != FALSE));
2590 case PROP_APP_PAINTABLE:
2591 g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_APP_PAINTABLE (widget) != FALSE));
2593 case PROP_CAN_FOCUS:
2594 g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_CAN_FOCUS (widget) != FALSE));
2596 case PROP_HAS_FOCUS:
2597 g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_HAS_FOCUS (widget) != FALSE));
2600 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_is_focus (widget)));
2602 case PROP_CAN_DEFAULT:
2603 g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_CAN_DEFAULT (widget) != FALSE));
2605 case PROP_HAS_DEFAULT:
2606 g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_HAS_DEFAULT (widget) != FALSE));
2608 case PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT:
2609 g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_RECEIVES_DEFAULT (widget) != FALSE));
2611 case PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD:
2612 g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_COMPOSITE_CHILD (widget) != FALSE));
2615 g_value_set_object (value, gtk_widget_get_style (widget));
2618 eventp = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask);
2619 g_value_set_flags (value, GPOINTER_TO_INT (eventp));
2621 case PROP_EXTENSION_EVENTS:
2622 modep = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_extension_event_mode);
2623 g_value_set_enum (value, GPOINTER_TO_INT (modep));
2625 case PROP_NO_SHOW_ALL:
2626 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_no_show_all (widget));
2628 case PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP:
2629 g_value_set_boolean (value, GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_has_tooltip)));
2631 case PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT:
2633 gchar *escaped = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_markup);
2636 if (escaped && !pango_parse_markup (escaped, -1, 0, NULL, &text, NULL, NULL))
2637 g_assert (NULL == text); /* text should still be NULL in case of markup errors */
2639 g_value_set_string (value, text);
2643 case PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP:
2644 g_value_set_string (value, g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_markup));
2647 g_value_set_object (value, gtk_widget_get_window (widget));
2649 case PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED:
2650 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_double_buffered (widget));
2653 G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec);
2659 gtk_widget_init (GtkWidget *widget)
2661 GTK_PRIVATE_FLAGS (widget) = PRIVATE_GTK_CHILD_VISIBLE;
2662 widget->state = GTK_STATE_NORMAL;
2663 widget->saved_state = GTK_STATE_NORMAL;
2664 widget->name = NULL;
2665 widget->requisition.width = 0;
2666 widget->requisition.height = 0;
2667 widget->allocation.x = -1;
2668 widget->allocation.y = -1;
2669 widget->allocation.width = 1;
2670 widget->allocation.height = 1;
2671 widget->window = NULL;
2672 widget->parent = NULL;
2674 GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget,
2676 GTK_PARENT_SENSITIVE |
2677 (composite_child_stack ? GTK_COMPOSITE_CHILD : 0) |
2678 GTK_DOUBLE_BUFFERED);
2680 GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_REDRAW_ON_ALLOC);
2681 GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_REQUEST_NEEDED);
2682 GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_ALLOC_NEEDED);
2684 widget->style = gtk_widget_get_default_style ();
2685 g_object_ref (widget->style);
2690 gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
2692 GParamSpec **pspecs)
2694 GtkWidget *container = widget->parent;
2697 for (i = 0; widget->parent == container && i < n_pspecs; i++)
2698 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[CHILD_NOTIFY], g_quark_from_string (pspecs[i]->name), pspecs[i]);
2702 * gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify:
2703 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
2705 * Stops emission of #GtkWidget::child-notify signals on @widget. The
2706 * signals are queued until gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify() is called
2709 * This is the analogue of g_object_freeze_notify() for child properties.
2712 gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget)
2714 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
2716 if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count)
2719 g_object_ref (widget);
2720 g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
2721 g_object_unref (widget);
2725 * gtk_widget_child_notify:
2726 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
2727 * @child_property: the name of a child property installed on the
2728 * class of @widget<!-- -->'s parent
2730 * Emits a #GtkWidget::child-notify signal for the
2731 * <link linkend="child-properties">child property</link> @child_property
2734 * This is the analogue of g_object_notify() for child properties.
2737 gtk_widget_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget,
2738 const gchar *child_property)
2742 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
2743 g_return_if_fail (child_property != NULL);
2744 if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count || !widget->parent)
2747 g_object_ref (widget);
2748 pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (_gtk_widget_child_property_pool,
2750 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget->parent),
2753 g_warning ("%s: container class `%s' has no child property named `%s'",
2755 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget->parent),
2759 GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
2761 g_object_notify_queue_add (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue, pspec);
2762 g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
2764 g_object_unref (widget);
2768 * gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify:
2769 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
2771 * Reverts the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify().
2772 * This causes all queued #GtkWidget::child-notify signals on @widget to be
2776 gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget)
2778 GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue;
2780 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
2782 if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count)
2785 g_object_ref (widget);
2786 nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_from_object (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
2787 if (!nqueue || !nqueue->freeze_count)
2788 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": child-property-changed notification for %s(%p) is not frozen",
2789 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
2791 g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
2792 g_object_unref (widget);
2798 * @type: type ID of the widget to create
2799 * @first_property_name: name of first property to set
2800 * @Varargs: value of first property, followed by more properties,
2803 * This is a convenience function for creating a widget and setting
2804 * its properties in one go. For example you might write:
2805 * <literal>gtk_widget_new (GTK_TYPE_LABEL, "label", "Hello World", "xalign",
2806 * 0.0, NULL)</literal> to create a left-aligned label. Equivalent to
2807 * g_object_new(), but returns a widget so you don't have to
2808 * cast the object yourself.
2810 * Return value: a new #GtkWidget of type @widget_type
2813 gtk_widget_new (GType type,
2814 const gchar *first_property_name,
2820 g_return_val_if_fail (g_type_is_a (type, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET), NULL);
2822 va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
2823 widget = (GtkWidget *)g_object_new_valist (type, first_property_name, var_args);
2831 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
2832 * @first_property_name: name of first property to set
2833 * @Varargs: value of first property, followed by more properties,
2836 * Precursor of g_object_set().
2838 * Deprecated: 2.0: Use g_object_set() instead.
2841 gtk_widget_set (GtkWidget *widget,
2842 const gchar *first_property_name,
2847 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
2849 va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
2850 g_object_set_valist (G_OBJECT (widget), first_property_name, var_args);
2855 gtk_widget_queue_draw_child (GtkWidget *widget)
2859 parent = widget->parent;
2860 if (parent && GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE (parent))
2861 gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (parent,
2862 widget->allocation.x,
2863 widget->allocation.y,
2864 widget->allocation.width,
2865 widget->allocation.height);
2869 * gtk_widget_unparent:
2870 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
2872 * This function is only for use in widget implementations.
2873 * Should be called by implementations of the remove method
2874 * on #GtkContainer, to dissociate a child from the container.
2877 gtk_widget_unparent (GtkWidget *widget)
2879 GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue;
2880 GtkWidget *toplevel;
2881 GtkWidget *old_parent;
2883 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
2884 if (widget->parent == NULL)
2887 /* keep this function in sync with gtk_menu_detach()
2890 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
2891 nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
2893 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
2894 if (GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (toplevel))
2895 _gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
2897 if (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent)->focus_child == widget)
2898 gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent), NULL);
2900 /* If we are unanchoring the child, we save around the toplevel
2901 * to emit hierarchy changed
2903 if (GTK_WIDGET_ANCHORED (widget->parent))
2904 g_object_ref (toplevel);
2908 gtk_widget_queue_draw_child (widget);
2910 /* Reset the width and height here, to force reallocation if we
2911 * get added back to a new parent. This won't work if our new
2912 * allocation is smaller than 1x1 and we actually want a size of 1x1...
2913 * (would 0x0 be OK here?)
2915 widget->allocation.width = 1;
2916 widget->allocation.height = 1;
2918 if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
2920 if (GTK_WIDGET_IN_REPARENT (widget))
2921 gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
2923 gtk_widget_unrealize (widget);
2926 /* Removing a widget from a container restores the child visible
2927 * flag to the default state, so it doesn't affect the child
2928 * in the next parent.
2930 GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_CHILD_VISIBLE);
2932 old_parent = widget->parent;
2933 widget->parent = NULL;
2934 gtk_widget_set_parent_window (widget, NULL);
2935 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[PARENT_SET], 0, old_parent);
2938 _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (widget, toplevel);
2939 g_object_unref (toplevel);
2942 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
2943 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
2944 if (!widget->parent)
2945 g_object_notify_queue_clear (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
2946 g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
2947 g_object_unref (widget);
2951 * gtk_widget_destroy:
2952 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
2954 * Destroys a widget. Equivalent to gtk_object_destroy(), except that
2955 * you don't have to cast the widget to #GtkObject. When a widget is
2956 * destroyed, it will break any references it holds to other objects.
2957 * If the widget is inside a container, the widget will be removed
2958 * from the container. If the widget is a toplevel (derived from
2959 * #GtkWindow), it will be removed from the list of toplevels, and the
2960 * reference GTK+ holds to it will be removed. Removing a
2961 * widget from its container or the list of toplevels results in the
2962 * widget being finalized, unless you've added additional references
2963 * to the widget with g_object_ref().
2965 * In most cases, only toplevel widgets (windows) require explicit
2966 * destruction, because when you destroy a toplevel its children will
2967 * be destroyed as well.
2970 gtk_widget_destroy (GtkWidget *widget)
2972 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
2974 gtk_object_destroy ((GtkObject*) widget);
2978 * gtk_widget_destroyed:
2979 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
2980 * @widget_pointer: address of a variable that contains @widget
2982 * This function sets *@widget_pointer to %NULL if @widget_pointer !=
2983 * %NULL. It's intended to be used as a callback connected to the
2984 * "destroy" signal of a widget. You connect gtk_widget_destroyed()
2985 * as a signal handler, and pass the address of your widget variable
2986 * as user data. Then when the widget is destroyed, the variable will
2987 * be set to %NULL. Useful for example to avoid multiple copies
2988 * of the same dialog.
2991 gtk_widget_destroyed (GtkWidget *widget,
2992 GtkWidget **widget_pointer)
2994 /* Don't make any assumptions about the
2996 * Even check widget_pointer.
2999 *widget_pointer = NULL;
3004 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3006 * Flags a widget to be displayed. Any widget that isn't shown will
3007 * not appear on the screen. If you want to show all the widgets in a
3008 * container, it's easier to call gtk_widget_show_all() on the
3009 * container, instead of individually showing the widgets.
3011 * Remember that you have to show the containers containing a widget,
3012 * in addition to the widget itself, before it will appear onscreen.
3014 * When a toplevel container is shown, it is immediately realized and
3015 * mapped; other shown widgets are realized and mapped when their
3016 * toplevel container is realized and mapped.
3019 gtk_widget_show (GtkWidget *widget)
3021 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3023 if (!GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
3025 g_object_ref (widget);
3026 if (!GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget))
3027 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
3028 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SHOW], 0);
3029 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "visible");
3030 g_object_unref (widget);
3035 gtk_widget_real_show (GtkWidget *widget)
3037 if (!GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
3039 GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_VISIBLE);
3041 if (widget->parent &&
3042 GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget->parent) &&
3043 GTK_WIDGET_CHILD_VISIBLE (widget) &&
3044 !GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
3045 gtk_widget_map (widget);
3050 gtk_widget_show_map_callback (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event, gint *flag)
3053 g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func (widget,
3054 gtk_widget_show_map_callback,
3059 * gtk_widget_show_now:
3060 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3062 * Shows a widget. If the widget is an unmapped toplevel widget
3063 * (i.e. a #GtkWindow that has not yet been shown), enter the main
3064 * loop and wait for the window to actually be mapped. Be careful;
3065 * because the main loop is running, anything can happen during
3069 gtk_widget_show_now (GtkWidget *widget)
3073 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3075 /* make sure we will get event */
3076 if (!GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget) &&
3077 GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget))
3079 gtk_widget_show (widget);
3081 g_signal_connect (widget, "map-event",
3082 G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_show_map_callback),
3086 gtk_main_iteration ();
3089 gtk_widget_show (widget);
3094 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3096 * Reverses the effects of gtk_widget_show(), causing the widget to be
3097 * hidden (invisible to the user).
3100 gtk_widget_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
3102 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3104 if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
3106 GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
3108 g_object_ref (widget);
3109 if (toplevel != widget && GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (toplevel))
3110 _gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
3112 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[HIDE], 0);
3113 if (!GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget))
3114 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
3115 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "visible");
3116 g_object_unref (widget);
3121 gtk_widget_real_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
3123 if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
3125 GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_VISIBLE);
3127 if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
3128 gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
3133 * gtk_widget_hide_on_delete:
3134 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3136 * Utility function; intended to be connected to the #GtkWidget::delete-event
3137 * signal on a #GtkWindow. The function calls gtk_widget_hide() on its
3138 * argument, then returns %TRUE. If connected to ::delete-event, the
3139 * result is that clicking the close button for a window (on the
3140 * window frame, top right corner usually) will hide but not destroy
3141 * the window. By default, GTK+ destroys windows when ::delete-event
3144 * Return value: %TRUE
3147 gtk_widget_hide_on_delete (GtkWidget *widget)
3149 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
3151 gtk_widget_hide (widget);
3157 * gtk_widget_show_all:
3158 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3160 * Recursively shows a widget, and any child widgets (if the widget is
3164 gtk_widget_show_all (GtkWidget *widget)
3166 GtkWidgetClass *class;
3168 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3170 if ((GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_NO_SHOW_ALL) != 0)
3173 class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
3175 if (class->show_all)
3176 class->show_all (widget);
3180 * gtk_widget_hide_all:
3181 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3183 * Recursively hides a widget and any child widgets.
3186 gtk_widget_hide_all (GtkWidget *widget)
3188 GtkWidgetClass *class;
3190 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3192 if ((GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_NO_SHOW_ALL) != 0)
3195 class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
3197 if (class->hide_all)
3198 class->hide_all (widget);
3203 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3205 * This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
3206 * a widget to be mapped if it isn't already.
3209 gtk_widget_map (GtkWidget *widget)
3211 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3212 g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget));
3213 g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_CHILD_VISIBLE (widget));
3215 if (!GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
3217 if (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
3218 gtk_widget_realize (widget);
3220 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[MAP], 0);
3222 if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
3223 gdk_window_invalidate_rect (widget->window, &widget->allocation, FALSE);
3229 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3231 * This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
3232 * a widget to be unmapped if it's currently mapped.
3235 gtk_widget_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
3237 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3239 if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
3241 if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
3242 gdk_window_invalidate_rect (widget->window, &widget->allocation, FALSE);
3243 _gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
3244 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[UNMAP], 0);
3249 gtk_widget_set_extension_events_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
3250 GdkExtensionMode mode,
3253 GList *free_list = NULL;
3256 if (window_list == NULL)
3258 if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
3259 window_list = g_list_prepend (NULL, widget->window);
3261 window_list = gdk_window_get_children (widget->window);
3263 free_list = window_list;
3266 for (l = window_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
3268 GdkWindow *window = l->data;
3271 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
3272 if (user_data == widget)
3276 gdk_input_set_extension_events (window,
3277 gdk_window_get_events (window),
3280 children = gdk_window_get_children (window);
3283 gtk_widget_set_extension_events_internal (widget, mode, children);
3284 g_list_free (children);
3290 g_list_free (free_list);
3294 * gtk_widget_realize:
3295 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3297 * Creates the GDK (windowing system) resources associated with a
3298 * widget. For example, @widget->window will be created when a widget
3299 * is realized. Normally realization happens implicitly; if you show
3300 * a widget and all its parent containers, then the widget will be
3301 * realized and mapped automatically.
3303 * Realizing a widget requires all
3304 * the widget's parent widgets to be realized; calling
3305 * gtk_widget_realize() realizes the widget's parents in addition to
3306 * @widget itself. If a widget is not yet inside a toplevel window
3307 * when you realize it, bad things will happen.
3309 * This function is primarily used in widget implementations, and
3310 * isn't very useful otherwise. Many times when you think you might
3311 * need it, a better approach is to connect to a signal that will be
3312 * called after the widget is realized automatically, such as
3313 * GtkWidget::expose-event. Or simply g_signal_connect () to the
3314 * GtkWidget::realize signal.
3317 gtk_widget_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
3319 GdkExtensionMode mode;
3320 GtkWidgetShapeInfo *shape_info;
3322 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3323 g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_ANCHORED (widget) ||
3324 GTK_IS_INVISIBLE (widget));
3326 if (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
3329 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget) && !GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
3330 g_message ("gtk_widget_realize(%s)", g_type_name (GTK_WIDGET_TYPE (widget)));
3333 if (widget->parent == NULL &&
3334 !GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget))
3335 g_warning ("Calling gtk_widget_realize() on a widget that isn't "
3336 "inside a toplevel window is not going to work very well. "
3337 "Widgets must be inside a toplevel container before realizing them.");
3339 if (widget->parent && !GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget->parent))
3340 gtk_widget_realize (widget->parent);
3342 gtk_widget_ensure_style (widget);
3344 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[REALIZE], 0);
3346 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget,
3347 GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip)),
3350 if (GTK_WIDGET_HAS_SHAPE_MASK (widget))
3352 shape_info = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info);
3353 gdk_window_shape_combine_mask (widget->window,
3354 shape_info->shape_mask,
3355 shape_info->offset_x,
3356 shape_info->offset_y);
3359 shape_info = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info);
3361 gdk_window_input_shape_combine_mask (widget->window,
3362 shape_info->shape_mask,
3363 shape_info->offset_x,
3364 shape_info->offset_y);
3366 mode = gtk_widget_get_extension_events (widget);
3367 if (mode != GDK_EXTENSION_EVENTS_NONE)
3368 gtk_widget_set_extension_events_internal (widget, mode, NULL);
3373 * gtk_widget_unrealize:
3374 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3376 * This function is only useful in widget implementations.
3377 * Causes a widget to be unrealized (frees all GDK resources
3378 * associated with the widget, such as @widget->window).
3381 gtk_widget_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget)
3383 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3385 if (GTK_WIDGET_HAS_SHAPE_MASK (widget))
3386 gtk_widget_shape_combine_mask (widget, NULL, 0, 0);
3388 if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info))
3389 gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_mask (widget, NULL, 0, 0);
3391 if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
3393 g_object_ref (widget);
3394 _gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
3395 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[UNREALIZE], 0);
3396 GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_REALIZED | GTK_MAPPED);
3397 g_object_unref (widget);
3401 /*****************************************
3403 *****************************************/
3406 * gtk_widget_queue_draw_area:
3407 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3408 * @x: x coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
3409 * @y: y coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
3410 * @width: width of region to draw
3411 * @height: height of region to draw
3413 * Invalidates the rectangular area of @widget defined by @x, @y,
3414 * @width and @height by calling gdk_window_invalidate_rect() on the
3415 * widget's window and all its child windows. Once the main loop
3416 * becomes idle (after the current batch of events has been processed,
3417 * roughly), the window will receive expose events for the union of
3418 * all regions that have been invalidated.
3420 * Normally you would only use this function in widget
3421 * implementations. You might also use it, or
3422 * gdk_window_invalidate_rect() directly, to schedule a redraw of a
3423 * #GtkDrawingArea or some portion thereof.
3425 * Frequently you can just call gdk_window_invalidate_rect() or
3426 * gdk_window_invalidate_region() instead of this function. Those
3427 * functions will invalidate only a single window, instead of the
3428 * widget and all its children.
3430 * The advantage of adding to the invalidated region compared to
3431 * simply drawing immediately is efficiency; using an invalid region
3432 * ensures that you only have to redraw one time.
3435 gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (GtkWidget *widget,
3441 GdkRectangle invalid_rect;
3444 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3446 if (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
3449 /* Just return if the widget or one of its ancestors isn't mapped */
3450 for (w = widget; w != NULL; w = w->parent)
3451 if (!GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (w))
3454 /* Find the correct widget */
3456 if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
3460 /* Translate widget relative to window-relative */
3462 gint wx, wy, wwidth, wheight;
3464 gdk_window_get_position (widget->window, &wx, &wy);
3465 x -= wx - widget->allocation.x;
3466 y -= wy - widget->allocation.y;
3468 gdk_drawable_get_size (widget->window, &wwidth, &wheight);
3470 if (x + width <= 0 || y + height <= 0 ||
3471 x >= wwidth || y >= wheight)
3482 if (x + width > wwidth)
3484 if (y + height > wheight)
3485 height = wheight - y;
3491 invalid_rect.width = width;
3492 invalid_rect.height = height;
3494 gdk_window_invalidate_rect (widget->window, &invalid_rect, TRUE);
3498 widget_add_child_draw_rectangle (GtkWidget *widget,
3501 GdkRectangle child_rect;
3503 if (!GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget) ||
3504 widget->window != widget->parent->window)
3507 gtk_widget_get_draw_rectangle (widget, &child_rect);
3508 gdk_rectangle_union (rect, &child_rect, rect);
3512 gtk_widget_get_draw_rectangle (GtkWidget *widget,
3515 if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
3517 GtkBorder *draw_border = NULL;
3519 *rect = widget->allocation;
3521 gtk_widget_style_get (widget,
3522 "draw-border", &draw_border,
3526 rect->x -= draw_border->left;
3527 rect->y -= draw_border->top;
3528 rect->width += draw_border->left + draw_border->right;
3529 rect->height += draw_border->top + draw_border->bottom;
3531 gtk_border_free (draw_border);
3534 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
3535 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
3536 (GtkCallback)widget_add_child_draw_rectangle,
3543 rect->width = widget->allocation.width;
3544 rect->height = widget->allocation.height;
3549 * gtk_widget_queue_draw:
3550 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3552 * Equivalent to calling gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() for the
3553 * entire area of a widget.
3556 gtk_widget_queue_draw (GtkWidget *widget)
3560 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3562 gtk_widget_get_draw_rectangle (widget, &rect);
3564 gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (widget,
3566 rect.width, rect.height);
3569 /* Invalidates the given area (allocation-relative-coordinates)
3570 * in all of the widget's windows
3573 * gtk_widget_queue_clear_area:
3574 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3575 * @x: x coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
3576 * @y: y coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
3577 * @width: width of region to draw
3578 * @height: height of region to draw
3580 * This function is no longer different from
3581 * gtk_widget_queue_draw_area(), though it once was. Now it just calls
3582 * gtk_widget_queue_draw_area(). Originally
3583 * gtk_widget_queue_clear_area() would force a redraw of the
3584 * background for %GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets, and
3585 * gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() would not. Now both functions ensure
3586 * the background will be redrawn.
3588 * Deprecated: 2.2: Use gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() instead.
3591 gtk_widget_queue_clear_area (GtkWidget *widget,
3597 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3599 gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (widget, x, y, width, height);
3603 * gtk_widget_queue_clear:
3604 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3606 * This function does the same as gtk_widget_queue_draw().
3608 * Deprecated: 2.2: Use gtk_widget_queue_draw() instead.
3611 gtk_widget_queue_clear (GtkWidget *widget)
3613 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3615 gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
3619 * gtk_widget_queue_resize:
3620 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3622 * This function is only for use in widget implementations.
3623 * Flags a widget to have its size renegotiated; should
3624 * be called when a widget for some reason has a new size request.
3625 * For example, when you change the text in a #GtkLabel, #GtkLabel
3626 * queues a resize to ensure there's enough space for the new text.
3629 gtk_widget_queue_resize (GtkWidget *widget)
3631 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3633 if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
3634 gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (widget);
3636 _gtk_size_group_queue_resize (widget);
3640 * gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redraw:
3641 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3643 * This function works like gtk_widget_queue_resize(),
3644 * except that the widget is not invalidated.
3649 gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redraw (GtkWidget *widget)
3651 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3653 _gtk_size_group_queue_resize (widget);
3658 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3659 * @area: area to draw
3661 * In GTK+ 1.2, this function would immediately render the
3662 * region @area of a widget, by invoking the virtual draw method of a
3663 * widget. In GTK+ 2.0, the draw method is gone, and instead
3664 * gtk_widget_draw() simply invalidates the specified region of the
3665 * widget, then updates the invalid region of the widget immediately.
3666 * Usually you don't want to update the region immediately for
3667 * performance reasons, so in general gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() is
3668 * a better choice if you want to draw a region of a widget.
3671 gtk_widget_draw (GtkWidget *widget,
3672 const GdkRectangle *area)
3674 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3676 if (GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE (widget))
3679 gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (widget,
3681 area->width, area->height);
3683 gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
3685 gdk_window_process_updates (widget->window, TRUE);
3690 * gtk_widget_size_request:
3691 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3692 * @requisition: a #GtkRequisition to be filled in
3694 * This function is typically used when implementing a #GtkContainer
3695 * subclass. Obtains the preferred size of a widget. The container
3696 * uses this information to arrange its child widgets and decide what
3697 * size allocations to give them with gtk_widget_size_allocate().
3699 * You can also call this function from an application, with some
3700 * caveats. Most notably, getting a size request requires the widget
3701 * to be associated with a screen, because font information may be
3702 * needed. Multihead-aware applications should keep this in mind.
3704 * Also remember that the size request is not necessarily the size
3705 * a widget will actually be allocated.
3707 * See also gtk_widget_get_child_requisition().
3710 gtk_widget_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
3711 GtkRequisition *requisition)
3713 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3715 #ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
3716 if (requisition == &widget->requisition)
3717 g_warning ("gtk_widget_size_request() called on child widget with request equal\n to widget->requisition. gtk_widget_set_usize() may not work properly.");
3718 #endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
3720 _gtk_size_group_compute_requisition (widget, requisition);
3724 * gtk_widget_get_child_requisition:
3725 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3726 * @requisition: a #GtkRequisition to be filled in
3728 * This function is only for use in widget implementations. Obtains
3729 * @widget->requisition, unless someone has forced a particular
3730 * geometry on the widget (e.g. with gtk_widget_set_size_request()),
3731 * in which case it returns that geometry instead of the widget's
3734 * This function differs from gtk_widget_size_request() in that
3735 * it retrieves the last size request value from @widget->requisition,
3736 * while gtk_widget_size_request() actually calls the "size_request" method
3737 * on @widget to compute the size request and fill in @widget->requisition,
3738 * and only then returns @widget->requisition.
3740 * Because this function does not call the "size_request" method, it
3741 * can only be used when you know that @widget->requisition is
3742 * up-to-date, that is, gtk_widget_size_request() has been called
3743 * since the last time a resize was queued. In general, only container
3744 * implementations have this information; applications should use
3745 * gtk_widget_size_request().
3748 gtk_widget_get_child_requisition (GtkWidget *widget,
3749 GtkRequisition *requisition)
3751 _gtk_size_group_get_child_requisition (widget, requisition);
3755 invalidate_predicate (GdkWindow *window,
3760 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
3762 return (user_data == data);
3765 /* Invalidate @region in widget->window and all children
3766 * of widget->window owned by widget. @region is in the
3767 * same coordinates as widget->allocation and will be
3768 * modified by this call.
3771 gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (GtkWidget *widget,
3774 if (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
3777 if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget) && widget->parent)
3781 gdk_window_get_position (widget->window, &x, &y);
3782 gdk_region_offset (region, -x, -y);
3785 gdk_window_invalidate_maybe_recurse (widget->window, region,
3786 invalidate_predicate, widget);
3790 * gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw:
3791 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3793 * Like gtk_widget_queue_draw(), but only windows owned
3794 * by @widget are invalidated.
3797 gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (GtkWidget *widget)
3802 if (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
3805 gtk_widget_get_draw_rectangle (widget, &rect);
3807 /* get_draw_rectangle() gives us window coordinates, we
3808 * need to convert to the coordinates that widget->allocation
3811 if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget) && widget->parent)
3815 gdk_window_get_position (widget->window, &wx, &wy);
3821 region = gdk_region_rectangle (&rect);
3822 gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (widget, region);
3823 gdk_region_destroy (region);
3827 * gtk_widget_size_allocate:
3828 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3829 * @allocation: position and size to be allocated to @widget
3831 * This function is only used by #GtkContainer subclasses, to assign a size
3832 * and position to their child widgets.
3835 gtk_widget_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
3836 GtkAllocation *allocation)
3838 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
3839 GdkRectangle real_allocation;
3840 GdkRectangle old_allocation;
3841 gboolean alloc_needed;
3842 gboolean size_changed;
3843 gboolean position_changed;
3845 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3847 #ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
3848 if (gtk_debug_flags & GTK_DEBUG_GEOMETRY)
3859 parent = gtk_widget_get_parent (parent);
3862 name = g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE (G_OBJECT (widget)));
3863 g_print ("gtk_widget_size_allocate: %*s%s %d %d\n",
3864 2 * depth, " ", name,
3865 allocation->width, allocation->height);
3867 #endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
3869 alloc_needed = GTK_WIDGET_ALLOC_NEEDED (widget);
3870 if (!GTK_WIDGET_REQUEST_NEEDED (widget)) /* Preserve request/allocate ordering */
3871 GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_ALLOC_NEEDED);
3873 old_allocation = widget->allocation;
3874 real_allocation = *allocation;
3875 aux_info =_gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
3879 if (aux_info->x_set)
3880 real_allocation.x = aux_info->x;
3881 if (aux_info->y_set)
3882 real_allocation.y = aux_info->y;
3885 if (real_allocation.width < 0 || real_allocation.height < 0)
3887 g_warning ("gtk_widget_size_allocate(): attempt to allocate widget with width %d and height %d",
3888 real_allocation.width,
3889 real_allocation.height);
3892 real_allocation.width = MAX (real_allocation.width, 1);
3893 real_allocation.height = MAX (real_allocation.height, 1);
3895 size_changed = (old_allocation.width != real_allocation.width ||
3896 old_allocation.height != real_allocation.height);
3897 position_changed = (old_allocation.x != real_allocation.x ||
3898 old_allocation.y != real_allocation.y);
3900 if (!alloc_needed && !size_changed && !position_changed)
3903 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SIZE_ALLOCATE], 0, &real_allocation);
3905 if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
3907 if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget) && GTK_WIDGET_REDRAW_ON_ALLOC (widget) && position_changed)
3909 /* Invalidate union(old_allaction,widget->allocation) in widget->window
3911 GdkRegion *invalidate = gdk_region_rectangle (&widget->allocation);
3912 gdk_region_union_with_rect (invalidate, &old_allocation);
3914 gdk_window_invalidate_region (widget->window, invalidate, FALSE);
3915 gdk_region_destroy (invalidate);
3920 if (GTK_WIDGET_REDRAW_ON_ALLOC (widget))
3922 /* Invalidate union(old_allaction,widget->allocation) in widget->window and descendents owned by widget
3924 GdkRegion *invalidate = gdk_region_rectangle (&widget->allocation);
3925 gdk_region_union_with_rect (invalidate, &old_allocation);
3927 gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (widget, invalidate);
3928 gdk_region_destroy (invalidate);
3933 if ((size_changed || position_changed) && widget->parent &&
3934 GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget->parent) && GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent)->reallocate_redraws)
3936 GdkRegion *invalidate = gdk_region_rectangle (&widget->parent->allocation);
3937 gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (widget->parent, invalidate);
3938 gdk_region_destroy (invalidate);
3943 * gtk_widget_common_ancestor:
3944 * @widget_a: a #GtkWidget
3945 * @widget_b: a #GtkWidget
3947 * Find the common ancestor of @widget_a and @widget_b that
3948 * is closest to the two widgets.
3950 * Return value: the closest common ancestor of @widget_a and
3951 * @widget_b or %NULL if @widget_a and @widget_b do not
3952 * share a common ancestor.
3955 gtk_widget_common_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget_a,
3956 GtkWidget *widget_b)
3958 GtkWidget *parent_a;
3959 GtkWidget *parent_b;
3963 parent_a = widget_a;
3964 while (parent_a->parent)
3966 parent_a = parent_a->parent;
3970 parent_b = widget_b;
3971 while (parent_b->parent)
3973 parent_b = parent_b->parent;
3977 if (parent_a != parent_b)
3980 while (depth_a > depth_b)
3982 widget_a = widget_a->parent;
3986 while (depth_b > depth_a)
3988 widget_b = widget_b->parent;
3992 while (widget_a != widget_b)
3994 widget_a = widget_a->parent;
3995 widget_b = widget_b->parent;
4002 * gtk_widget_translate_coordinates:
4003 * @src_widget: a #GtkWidget
4004 * @dest_widget: a #GtkWidget
4005 * @src_x: X position relative to @src_widget
4006 * @src_y: Y position relative to @src_widget
4007 * @dest_x: location to store X position relative to @dest_widget
4008 * @dest_y: location to store Y position relative to @dest_widget
4010 * Translate coordinates relative to @src_widget's allocation to coordinates
4011 * relative to @dest_widget's allocations. In order to perform this
4012 * operation, both widgets must be realized, and must share a common
4015 * Return value: %FALSE if either widget was not realized, or there
4016 * was no common ancestor. In this case, nothing is stored in
4017 * *@dest_x and *@dest_y. Otherwise %TRUE.
4020 gtk_widget_translate_coordinates (GtkWidget *src_widget,
4021 GtkWidget *dest_widget,
4027 GtkWidget *ancestor;
4030 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (src_widget), FALSE);
4031 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (dest_widget), FALSE);
4033 ancestor = gtk_widget_common_ancestor (src_widget, dest_widget);
4034 if (!ancestor || !GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (src_widget) || !GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (dest_widget))
4037 /* Translate from allocation relative to window relative */
4038 if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (src_widget) && src_widget->parent)
4041 gdk_window_get_position (src_widget->window, &wx, &wy);
4043 src_x -= wx - src_widget->allocation.x;
4044 src_y -= wy - src_widget->allocation.y;
4048 src_x += src_widget->allocation.x;
4049 src_y += src_widget->allocation.y;
4052 /* Translate to the common ancestor */
4053 window = src_widget->window;
4054 while (window != ancestor->window)
4058 gdk_window_get_position (window, &dx, &dy);
4063 window = gdk_window_get_parent (window);
4065 if (!window) /* Handle GtkHandleBox */
4070 window = dest_widget->window;
4071 while (window != ancestor->window)
4075 gdk_window_get_position (window, &dx, &dy);
4080 window = gdk_window_get_parent (window);
4082 if (!window) /* Handle GtkHandleBox */
4086 /* Translate from window relative to allocation relative */
4087 if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (dest_widget) && dest_widget->parent)
4090 gdk_window_get_position (dest_widget->window, &wx, &wy);
4092 src_x += wx - dest_widget->allocation.x;
4093 src_y += wy - dest_widget->allocation.y;
4097 src_x -= dest_widget->allocation.x;
4098 src_y -= dest_widget->allocation.y;
4110 gtk_widget_real_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
4111 GtkAllocation *allocation)
4113 widget->allocation = *allocation;
4115 if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget) &&
4116 !GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
4118 gdk_window_move_resize (widget->window,
4119 allocation->x, allocation->y,
4120 allocation->width, allocation->height);
4125 gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
4128 /* widgets must be onscreen for accels to take effect */
4129 return GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget) && GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE (widget) && gdk_window_is_viewable (widget->window);
4133 * gtk_widget_can_activate_accel:
4134 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4135 * @signal_id: the ID of a signal installed on @widget
4137 * Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
4138 * identified by @signal_id can currently be activated.
4139 * This is done by emitting the #GtkWidget::can-activate-accel
4140 * signal on @widget; if the signal isn't overridden by a
4141 * handler or in a derived widget, then the default check is
4142 * that the widget must be sensitive, and the widget and all
4143 * its ancestors mapped.
4145 * Return value: %TRUE if the accelerator can be activated.
4150 gtk_widget_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
4153 gboolean can_activate = FALSE;
4154 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
4155 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[CAN_ACTIVATE_ACCEL], 0, signal_id, &can_activate);
4156 return can_activate;
4165 closure_accel_activate (GClosure *closure,
4166 GValue *return_value,
4167 guint n_param_values,
4168 const GValue *param_values,
4169 gpointer invocation_hint,
4170 gpointer marshal_data)
4172 AccelClosure *aclosure = (AccelClosure*) closure;
4173 gboolean can_activate = gtk_widget_can_activate_accel (closure->data, aclosure->signal_id);
4176 g_signal_emit (closure->data, aclosure->signal_id, 0);
4178 /* whether accelerator was handled */
4179 g_value_set_boolean (return_value, can_activate);
4183 closures_destroy (gpointer data)
4185 GSList *slist, *closures = data;
4187 for (slist = closures; slist; slist = slist->next)
4189 g_closure_invalidate (slist->data);
4190 g_closure_unref (slist->data);
4192 g_slist_free (closures);
4196 widget_new_accel_closure (GtkWidget *widget,
4199 AccelClosure *aclosure;
4200 GClosure *closure = NULL;
4201 GSList *slist, *closures;
4203 closures = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures);
4204 for (slist = closures; slist; slist = slist->next)
4205 if (!gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure (slist->data))
4207 /* reuse this closure */
4208 closure = slist->data;
4213 closure = g_closure_new_object (sizeof (AccelClosure), G_OBJECT (widget));
4214 closures = g_slist_prepend (closures, g_closure_ref (closure));
4215 g_closure_sink (closure);
4216 g_closure_set_marshal (closure, closure_accel_activate);
4218 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures, closures, closures_destroy);
4220 aclosure = (AccelClosure*) closure;
4221 g_assert (closure->data == widget);
4222 g_assert (closure->marshal == closure_accel_activate);
4223 aclosure->signal_id = signal_id;
4229 * gtk_widget_add_accelerator
4230 * @widget: widget to install an accelerator on
4231 * @accel_signal: widget signal to emit on accelerator activation
4232 * @accel_group: accel group for this widget, added to its toplevel
4233 * @accel_key: GDK keyval of the accelerator
4234 * @accel_mods: modifier key combination of the accelerator
4235 * @accel_flags: flag accelerators, e.g. %GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE
4237 * Installs an accelerator for this @widget in @accel_group that causes
4238 * @accel_signal to be emitted if the accelerator is activated.
4239 * The @accel_group needs to be added to the widget's toplevel via
4240 * gtk_window_add_accel_group(), and the signal must be of type %G_RUN_ACTION.
4241 * Accelerators added through this function are not user changeable during
4242 * runtime. If you want to support accelerators that can be changed by the
4243 * user, use gtk_accel_map_add_entry() and gtk_widget_set_accel_path() or
4244 * gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() instead.
4247 gtk_widget_add_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
4248 const gchar *accel_signal,
4249 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group,
4251 GdkModifierType accel_mods,
4252 GtkAccelFlags accel_flags)
4257 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4258 g_return_if_fail (accel_signal != NULL);
4259 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group));
4261 g_signal_query (g_signal_lookup (accel_signal, G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget)), &query);
4262 if (!query.signal_id ||
4263 !(query.signal_flags & G_SIGNAL_ACTION) ||
4264 query.return_type != G_TYPE_NONE ||
4267 /* hmm, should be elaborate enough */
4268 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": widget `%s' has no activatable signal \"%s\" without arguments",
4269 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), accel_signal);
4273 closure = widget_new_accel_closure (widget, query.signal_id);
4275 g_object_ref (widget);
4277 /* install the accelerator. since we don't map this onto an accel_path,
4278 * the accelerator will automatically be locked.
4280 gtk_accel_group_connect (accel_group,
4283 accel_flags | GTK_ACCEL_LOCKED,
4286 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
4288 g_object_unref (widget);
4292 * gtk_widget_remove_accelerator:
4293 * @widget: widget to install an accelerator on
4294 * @accel_group: accel group for this widget
4295 * @accel_key: GDK keyval of the accelerator
4296 * @accel_mods: modifier key combination of the accelerator
4297 * @returns: whether an accelerator was installed and could be removed
4299 * Removes an accelerator from @widget, previously installed with
4300 * gtk_widget_add_accelerator().
4303 gtk_widget_remove_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
4304 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group,
4306 GdkModifierType accel_mods)
4308 GtkAccelGroupEntry *ag_entry;
4309 GList *slist, *clist;
4312 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
4313 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group), FALSE);
4315 ag_entry = gtk_accel_group_query (accel_group, accel_key, accel_mods, &n);
4316 clist = gtk_widget_list_accel_closures (widget);
4317 for (slist = clist; slist; slist = slist->next)
4321 for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
4322 if (slist->data == (gpointer) ag_entry[i].closure)
4324 gboolean is_removed = gtk_accel_group_disconnect (accel_group, slist->data);
4326 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
4328 g_list_free (clist);
4333 g_list_free (clist);
4335 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": no accelerator (%u,%u) installed in accel group (%p) for %s (%p)",
4336 accel_key, accel_mods, accel_group,
4337 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
4343 * gtk_widget_list_accel_closures
4344 * @widget: widget to list accelerator closures for
4345 * @returns: a newly allocated #GList of closures
4347 * Lists the closures used by @widget for accelerator group connections
4348 * with gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path() or gtk_accel_group_connect().
4349 * The closures can be used to monitor accelerator changes on @widget,
4350 * by connecting to the @GtkAccelGroup::accel-changed signal of the
4351 * #GtkAccelGroup of a closure which can be found out with
4352 * gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure().
4355 gtk_widget_list_accel_closures (GtkWidget *widget)
4358 GList *clist = NULL;
4360 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
4362 for (slist = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures); slist; slist = slist->next)
4363 if (gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure (slist->data))
4364 clist = g_list_prepend (clist, slist->data);
4370 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group;
4375 destroy_accel_path (gpointer data)
4377 AccelPath *apath = data;
4379 gtk_accel_group_disconnect (apath->accel_group, apath->closure);
4381 /* closures_destroy takes care of unrefing the closure */
4382 g_object_unref (apath->accel_group);
4384 g_slice_free (AccelPath, apath);
4389 * gtk_widget_set_accel_path:
4390 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4391 * @accel_path: path used to look up the accelerator
4392 * @accel_group: a #GtkAccelGroup.
4394 * Given an accelerator group, @accel_group, and an accelerator path,
4395 * @accel_path, sets up an accelerator in @accel_group so whenever the
4396 * key binding that is defined for @accel_path is pressed, @widget
4397 * will be activated. This removes any accelerators (for any
4398 * accelerator group) installed by previous calls to
4399 * gtk_widget_set_accel_path(). Associating accelerators with
4400 * paths allows them to be modified by the user and the modifications
4401 * to be saved for future use. (See gtk_accel_map_save().)
4403 * This function is a low level function that would most likely
4404 * be used by a menu creation system like #GtkUIManager. If you
4405 * use #GtkUIManager, setting up accelerator paths will be done
4408 * Even when you you aren't using #GtkUIManager, if you only want to
4409 * set up accelerators on menu items gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path()
4410 * provides a somewhat more convenient interface.
4412 * Note that @accel_path string will be stored in a #GQuark. Therefore, if you
4413 * pass a static string, you can save some memory by interning it first with
4414 * g_intern_static_string().
4417 gtk_widget_set_accel_path (GtkWidget *widget,
4418 const gchar *accel_path,
4419 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group)
4423 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4424 g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal != 0);
4428 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group));
4429 g_return_if_fail (_gtk_accel_path_is_valid (accel_path));
4431 gtk_accel_map_add_entry (accel_path, 0, 0);
4432 apath = g_slice_new (AccelPath);
4433 apath->accel_group = g_object_ref (accel_group);
4434 apath->path_quark = g_quark_from_string (accel_path);
4435 apath->closure = widget_new_accel_closure (widget, GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal);
4440 /* also removes possible old settings */
4441 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path, apath, destroy_accel_path);
4444 gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path (apath->accel_group, g_quark_to_string (apath->path_quark), apath->closure);
4446 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
4450 _gtk_widget_get_accel_path (GtkWidget *widget,
4455 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
4457 apath = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path);
4459 *locked = apath ? apath->accel_group->lock_count > 0 : TRUE;
4460 return apath ? g_quark_to_string (apath->path_quark) : NULL;
4464 * gtk_widget_mnemonic_activate:
4465 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4466 * @group_cycling: %TRUE if there are other widgets with the same mnemonic
4468 * Emits the #GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate signal.
4470 * The default handler for this signal activates the @widget if
4471 * @group_cycling is %FALSE, and just grabs the focus if @group_cycling
4474 * Returns: %TRUE if the signal has been handled
4477 gtk_widget_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
4478 gboolean group_cycling)
4482 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
4484 group_cycling = group_cycling != FALSE;
4485 if (!GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget))
4488 g_signal_emit (widget,
4489 widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE],
4497 gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
4498 gboolean group_cycling)
4500 if (!group_cycling && GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal)
4501 gtk_widget_activate (widget);
4502 else if (GTK_WIDGET_CAN_FOCUS (widget))
4503 gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
4506 g_warning ("widget `%s' isn't suitable for mnemonic activation",
4507 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
4508 gtk_widget_error_bell (widget);
4514 gtk_widget_real_key_press_event (GtkWidget *widget,
4517 return gtk_bindings_activate_event (GTK_OBJECT (widget), event);
4521 gtk_widget_real_key_release_event (GtkWidget *widget,
4524 return gtk_bindings_activate_event (GTK_OBJECT (widget), event);
4528 gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event (GtkWidget *widget,
4529 GdkEventFocus *event)
4531 gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (widget);
4537 gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event (GtkWidget *widget,
4538 GdkEventFocus *event)
4540 gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (widget);
4545 #define WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT(widget, event) \
4546 (event->type == GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE || GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED(widget))
4550 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4551 * @event: a #GdkEvent
4553 * Rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
4554 * the event signals on a widget (those signals should never
4555 * be emitted without using this function to do so).
4556 * If you want to synthesize an event though, don't use this function;
4557 * instead, use gtk_main_do_event() so the event will behave as if
4558 * it were in the event queue. Don't synthesize expose events; instead,
4559 * use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() to invalidate a region of the
4562 * Return value: return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
4563 * the event was handled)
4566 gtk_widget_event (GtkWidget *widget,
4569 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
4570 g_return_val_if_fail (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event), TRUE);
4572 if (event->type == GDK_EXPOSE)
4574 g_warning ("Events of type GDK_EXPOSE cannot be synthesized. To get "
4575 "the same effect, call gdk_window_invalidate_rect/region(), "
4576 "followed by gdk_window_process_updates().");
4580 return gtk_widget_event_internal (widget, event);
4585 * gtk_widget_send_expose:
4586 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4587 * @event: a expose #GdkEvent
4589 * Very rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
4590 * an expose event signals on a widget. This function is not
4591 * normally used directly. The only time it is used is when
4592 * propagating an expose event to a child %NO_WINDOW widget, and
4593 * that is normally done using gtk_container_propagate_expose().
4595 * If you want to force an area of a window to be redrawn,
4596 * use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() or gdk_window_invalidate_region().
4597 * To cause the redraw to be done immediately, follow that call
4598 * with a call to gdk_window_process_updates().
4600 * Return value: return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
4601 * the event was handled)
4604 gtk_widget_send_expose (GtkWidget *widget,
4607 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
4608 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget), TRUE);
4609 g_return_val_if_fail (event != NULL, TRUE);
4610 g_return_val_if_fail (event->type == GDK_EXPOSE, TRUE);
4612 return gtk_widget_event_internal (widget, event);
4616 event_window_is_still_viewable (GdkEvent *event)
4618 /* Some programs, such as gnome-theme-manager, fake widgets
4619 * into exposing onto a pixmap by sending expose events with
4620 * event->window pointing to a pixmap
4622 if (GDK_IS_PIXMAP (event->any.window))
4623 return event->type == GDK_EXPOSE;
4625 /* Check that we think the event's window is viewable before
4626 * delivering the event, to prevent suprises. We do this here
4627 * at the last moment, since the event may have been queued
4628 * up behind other events, held over a recursive main loop, etc.
4630 switch (event->type)
4633 case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY:
4634 case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS:
4635 case GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS:
4636 case GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS:
4638 case GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY:
4639 case GDK_PROXIMITY_IN:
4641 return event->any.window && gdk_window_is_viewable (event->any.window);
4644 /* The following events are the second half of paired events;
4645 * we always deliver them to deal with widgets that clean up
4646 * on the second half.
4648 case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE:
4649 case GDK_KEY_RELEASE:
4650 case GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY:
4651 case GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT:
4655 /* Remaining events would make sense on an not-viewable window,
4656 * or don't have an associated window.
4663 gtk_widget_event_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
4666 gboolean return_val = FALSE;
4668 /* We check only once for is-still-visible; if someone
4669 * hides the window in on of the signals on the widget,
4670 * they are responsible for returning TRUE to terminate
4673 if (!event_window_is_still_viewable (event))
4676 g_object_ref (widget);
4678 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[EVENT], 0, event, &return_val);
4679 return_val |= !WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event);
4684 switch (event->type)
4689 case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS:
4690 case GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS:
4691 case GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS:
4692 signal_num = BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT;
4695 signal_num = SCROLL_EVENT;
4697 case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE:
4698 signal_num = BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT;
4700 case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY:
4701 signal_num = MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT;
4704 signal_num = DELETE_EVENT;
4707 signal_num = DESTROY_EVENT;
4708 _gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
4711 signal_num = KEY_PRESS_EVENT;
4713 case GDK_KEY_RELEASE:
4714 signal_num = KEY_RELEASE_EVENT;
4716 case GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY:
4717 signal_num = ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT;
4719 case GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY:
4720 signal_num = LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT;
4722 case GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE:
4723 signal_num = event->focus_change.in ? FOCUS_IN_EVENT : FOCUS_OUT_EVENT;
4724 if (event->focus_change.in)
4725 _gtk_tooltip_focus_in (widget);
4727 _gtk_tooltip_focus_out (widget);
4730 signal_num = CONFIGURE_EVENT;
4733 signal_num = MAP_EVENT;
4736 signal_num = UNMAP_EVENT;
4738 case GDK_WINDOW_STATE:
4739 signal_num = WINDOW_STATE_EVENT;
4741 case GDK_PROPERTY_NOTIFY:
4742 signal_num = PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT;
4744 case GDK_SELECTION_CLEAR:
4745 signal_num = SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT;
4747 case GDK_SELECTION_REQUEST:
4748 signal_num = SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT;
4750 case GDK_SELECTION_NOTIFY:
4751 signal_num = SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT;
4753 case GDK_PROXIMITY_IN:
4754 signal_num = PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT;
4756 case GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT:
4757 signal_num = PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT;
4760 signal_num = NO_EXPOSE_EVENT;
4762 case GDK_CLIENT_EVENT:
4763 signal_num = CLIENT_EVENT;
4766 signal_num = EXPOSE_EVENT;
4768 case GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY:
4769 signal_num = VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT;
4771 case GDK_GRAB_BROKEN:
4772 signal_num = GRAB_BROKEN;
4775 signal_num = DAMAGE_EVENT;
4778 g_warning ("gtk_widget_event(): unhandled event type: %d", event->type);
4782 if (signal_num != -1)
4783 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[signal_num], 0, event, &return_val);
4785 if (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event))
4786 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[EVENT_AFTER], 0, event);
4790 g_object_unref (widget);
4796 * gtk_widget_activate:
4797 * @widget: a #GtkWidget that's activatable
4799 * For widgets that can be "activated" (buttons, menu items, etc.)
4800 * this function activates them. Activation is what happens when you
4801 * press Enter on a widget during key navigation. If @widget isn't
4802 * activatable, the function returns %FALSE.
4804 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget was activatable
4807 gtk_widget_activate (GtkWidget *widget)
4809 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
4811 if (WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal)
4813 /* FIXME: we should eventually check the signals signature here */
4814 g_signal_emit (widget, WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal, 0);
4823 * gtk_widget_set_scroll_adjustments:
4824 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4825 * @hadjustment: an adjustment for horizontal scrolling, or %NULL
4826 * @vadjustment: an adjustment for vertical scrolling, or %NULL
4828 * For widgets that support scrolling, sets the scroll adjustments and
4829 * returns %TRUE. For widgets that don't support scrolling, does
4830 * nothing and returns %FALSE. Widgets that don't support scrolling
4831 * can be scrolled by placing them in a #GtkViewport, which does
4832 * support scrolling.
4834 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget supports scrolling
4837 gtk_widget_set_scroll_adjustments (GtkWidget *widget,
4838 GtkAdjustment *hadjustment,
4839 GtkAdjustment *vadjustment)
4844 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
4847 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_ADJUSTMENT (hadjustment), FALSE);
4849 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_ADJUSTMENT (vadjustment), FALSE);
4851 signal_id = WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->set_scroll_adjustments_signal;
4855 g_signal_query (signal_id, &query);
4856 if (!query.signal_id ||
4857 !g_type_is_a (query.itype, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET) ||
4858 query.return_type != G_TYPE_NONE ||
4859 query.n_params != 2 ||
4860 query.param_types[0] != GTK_TYPE_ADJUSTMENT ||
4861 query.param_types[1] != GTK_TYPE_ADJUSTMENT)
4863 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": signal \"%s::%s\" has wrong signature",
4864 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), query.signal_name);
4868 g_signal_emit (widget, signal_id, 0, hadjustment, vadjustment);
4873 gtk_widget_reparent_subwindows (GtkWidget *widget,
4874 GdkWindow *new_window)
4876 if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
4878 GList *children = gdk_window_get_children (widget->window);
4881 for (tmp_list = children; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next)
4883 GdkWindow *window = tmp_list->data;
4886 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &child);
4887 while (child && child != widget)
4888 child = ((GtkWidget*) child)->parent;
4891 gdk_window_reparent (window, new_window, 0, 0);
4894 g_list_free (children);
4899 GList *tmp_list, *children;
4901 parent = gdk_window_get_parent (widget->window);
4904 gdk_window_reparent (widget->window, new_window, 0, 0);
4907 children = gdk_window_get_children (parent);
4909 for (tmp_list = children; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next)
4911 GdkWindow *window = tmp_list->data;
4914 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &child);
4916 if (child == widget)
4917 gdk_window_reparent (window, new_window, 0, 0);
4920 g_list_free (children);
4926 gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child (GtkWidget *widget,
4927 gpointer client_data)
4929 g_assert (client_data != NULL);
4931 if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
4934 g_object_unref (widget->window);
4935 widget->window = (GdkWindow*) client_data;
4937 g_object_ref (widget->window);
4939 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
4940 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
4941 gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child,
4947 * gtk_widget_reparent:
4948 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4949 * @new_parent: a #GtkContainer to move the widget into
4951 * Moves a widget from one #GtkContainer to another, handling reference
4952 * count issues to avoid destroying the widget.
4955 gtk_widget_reparent (GtkWidget *widget,
4956 GtkWidget *new_parent)
4958 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4959 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (new_parent));
4960 g_return_if_fail (widget->parent != NULL);
4962 if (widget->parent != new_parent)
4964 /* First try to see if we can get away without unrealizing
4965 * the widget as we reparent it. if so we set a flag so
4966 * that gtk_widget_unparent doesn't unrealize widget
4968 if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget) && GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (new_parent))
4969 GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_IN_REPARENT);
4971 g_object_ref (widget);
4972 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent), widget);
4973 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (new_parent), widget);
4974 g_object_unref (widget);
4976 if (GTK_WIDGET_IN_REPARENT (widget))
4978 GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_IN_REPARENT);
4980 gtk_widget_reparent_subwindows (widget, gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget));
4981 gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child (widget,
4982 gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget));
4985 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
4990 * gtk_widget_intersect:
4991 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4992 * @area: a rectangle
4993 * @intersection: rectangle to store intersection of @widget and @area
4995 * Computes the intersection of a @widget's area and @area, storing
4996 * the intersection in @intersection, and returns %TRUE if there was
4997 * an intersection. @intersection may be %NULL if you're only
4998 * interested in whether there was an intersection.
5000 * Return value: %TRUE if there was an intersection
5003 gtk_widget_intersect (GtkWidget *widget,
5004 const GdkRectangle *area,
5005 GdkRectangle *intersection)
5011 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5012 g_return_val_if_fail (area != NULL, FALSE);
5015 dest = intersection;
5019 return_val = gdk_rectangle_intersect (&widget->allocation, area, dest);
5021 if (return_val && intersection && !GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
5023 intersection->x -= widget->allocation.x;
5024 intersection->y -= widget->allocation.y;
5031 * gtk_widget_region_intersect:
5032 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5033 * @region: a #GdkRegion, in the same coordinate system as
5034 * @widget->allocation. That is, relative to @widget->window
5035 * for %NO_WINDOW widgets; relative to the parent window
5036 * of @widget->window for widgets with their own window.
5037 * @returns: A newly allocated region holding the intersection of @widget
5038 * and @region. The coordinates of the return value are
5039 * relative to @widget->window for %NO_WINDOW widgets, and
5040 * relative to the parent window of @widget->window for
5041 * widgets with their own window.
5043 * Computes the intersection of a @widget's area and @region, returning
5044 * the intersection. The result may be empty, use gdk_region_empty() to
5048 gtk_widget_region_intersect (GtkWidget *widget,
5049 const GdkRegion *region)
5054 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
5055 g_return_val_if_fail (region != NULL, NULL);
5057 gtk_widget_get_draw_rectangle (widget, &rect);
5059 dest = gdk_region_rectangle (&rect);
5061 gdk_region_intersect (dest, region);
5067 * _gtk_widget_grab_notify:
5068 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5069 * @was_grabbed: whether a grab is now in effect
5071 * Emits the #GtkWidget::grab-notify signal on @widget.
5076 _gtk_widget_grab_notify (GtkWidget *widget,
5077 gboolean was_grabbed)
5079 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[GRAB_NOTIFY], 0, was_grabbed);
5083 * gtk_widget_grab_focus:
5084 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5086 * Causes @widget to have the keyboard focus for the #GtkWindow it's
5087 * inside. @widget must be a focusable widget, such as a #GtkEntry;
5088 * something like #GtkFrame won't work.
5090 * More precisely, it must have the %GTK_CAN_FOCUS flag set. Use
5091 * gtk_widget_set_can_focus() to modify that flag.
5094 gtk_widget_grab_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
5096 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5098 if (!GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget))
5101 g_object_ref (widget);
5102 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[GRAB_FOCUS], 0);
5103 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-focus");
5104 g_object_unref (widget);
5108 reset_focus_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
5111 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
5113 GtkContainer *container;
5115 container = GTK_CONTAINER (widget);
5116 gtk_container_set_focus_child (container, NULL);
5118 gtk_container_foreach (container,
5119 reset_focus_recurse,
5125 gtk_widget_real_grab_focus (GtkWidget *focus_widget)
5127 if (GTK_WIDGET_CAN_FOCUS (focus_widget))
5129 GtkWidget *toplevel;
5132 /* clear the current focus setting, break if the current widget
5133 * is the focus widget's parent, since containers above that will
5134 * be set by the next loop.
5136 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (focus_widget);
5137 if (GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (toplevel) && GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
5139 widget = GTK_WINDOW (toplevel)->focus_widget;
5141 if (widget == focus_widget)
5143 /* We call _gtk_window_internal_set_focus() here so that the
5144 * toplevel window can request the focus if necessary.
5145 * This is needed when the toplevel is a GtkPlug
5147 if (!GTK_WIDGET_HAS_FOCUS (widget))
5148 _gtk_window_internal_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), focus_widget);
5155 while (widget->parent && widget->parent != focus_widget->parent)
5157 widget = widget->parent;
5158 gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), NULL);
5162 else if (toplevel != focus_widget)
5164 /* gtk_widget_grab_focus() operates on a tree without window...
5165 * actually, this is very questionable behaviour.
5168 gtk_container_foreach (GTK_CONTAINER (toplevel),
5169 reset_focus_recurse,
5173 /* now propagate the new focus up the widget tree and finally
5174 * set it on the window
5176 widget = focus_widget;
5177 while (widget->parent)
5179 gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent), widget);
5180 widget = widget->parent;
5182 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget))
5183 _gtk_window_internal_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (widget), focus_widget);
5188 gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
5191 gboolean keyboard_tip,
5192 GtkTooltip *tooltip)
5194 gchar *tooltip_markup;
5195 gboolean has_tooltip;
5197 tooltip_markup = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_markup);
5198 has_tooltip = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip));
5200 if (has_tooltip && tooltip_markup)
5202 gtk_tooltip_set_markup (tooltip, tooltip_markup);
5210 gtk_widget_real_show_help (GtkWidget *widget,
5211 GtkWidgetHelpType help_type)
5213 if (help_type == GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP)
5215 _gtk_tooltip_toggle_keyboard_mode (widget);
5224 gtk_widget_real_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
5225 GtkDirectionType direction)
5227 if (!GTK_WIDGET_CAN_FOCUS (widget))
5230 if (!gtk_widget_is_focus (widget))
5232 gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
5240 gtk_widget_real_move_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
5241 GtkDirectionType direction)
5243 GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
5245 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel) &&
5246 GTK_WINDOW_GET_CLASS (toplevel)->move_focus)
5248 GTK_WINDOW_GET_CLASS (toplevel)->move_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel),
5254 gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
5255 GtkDirectionType direction)
5257 gboolean cursor_only;
5261 case GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD:
5262 case GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD:
5269 g_object_get (gtk_widget_get_settings (widget),
5270 "gtk-keynav-cursor-only", &cursor_only,
5277 gtk_widget_error_bell (widget);
5283 * gtk_widget_set_can_focus:
5284 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5285 * @can_focus: whether or not @widget can own the input focus.
5287 * Specifies whether @widget can own the input focus. See
5288 * gtk_widget_grab_focus() for actually setting the input focus on a
5294 gtk_widget_set_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
5297 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5299 if (can_focus != GTK_WIDGET_CAN_FOCUS (widget))
5302 GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_CAN_FOCUS);
5304 GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_CAN_FOCUS);
5306 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
5307 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "can-focus");
5312 * gtk_widget_get_can_focus:
5313 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5315 * Determines whether @widget can own the input focus. See
5316 * gtk_widget_set_can_focus().
5318 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget can own the input focus, %FALSE otherwise
5323 gtk_widget_get_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
5325 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5327 return GTK_WIDGET_CAN_FOCUS (widget);
5331 * gtk_widget_has_focus:
5332 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5334 * Determines if the widget has the global input focus. See
5335 * gtk_widget_is_focus() for the difference between having the global
5336 * input focus, and only having the focus within a toplevel.
5338 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget has the global input focus.
5343 gtk_widget_has_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
5345 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5347 return GTK_WIDGET_HAS_FOCUS (widget);
5351 * gtk_widget_is_focus:
5352 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5354 * Determines if the widget is the focus widget within its
5355 * toplevel. (This does not mean that the %HAS_FOCUS flag is
5356 * necessarily set; %HAS_FOCUS will only be set if the
5357 * toplevel widget additionally has the global input focus.)
5359 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is the focus widget.
5362 gtk_widget_is_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
5364 GtkWidget *toplevel;
5366 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5368 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
5370 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
5371 return widget == GTK_WINDOW (toplevel)->focus_widget;
5377 * gtk_widget_set_can_default:
5378 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5379 * @can_default: whether or not @widget can be a default widget.
5381 * Specifies whether @widget can be a default widget. See
5382 * gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of
5388 gtk_widget_set_can_default (GtkWidget *widget,
5389 gboolean can_default)
5391 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5393 if (can_default != GTK_WIDGET_CAN_DEFAULT (widget))
5396 GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT);
5398 GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT);
5400 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
5401 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "can-default");
5406 * gtk_widget_get_can_default:
5407 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5409 * Determines whether @widget can be a default widget. See
5410 * gtk_widget_set_can_default().
5412 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget can be a default widget, %FALSE otherwise
5417 gtk_widget_get_can_default (GtkWidget *widget)
5419 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5421 return GTK_WIDGET_CAN_DEFAULT (widget);
5425 * gtk_widget_has_default:
5426 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5428 * Determines whether @widget is the current default widget within its
5429 * toplevel. See gtk_widget_set_can_default().
5431 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget is the current default widget within
5432 * its toplevel, %FALSE otherwise
5437 gtk_widget_has_default (GtkWidget *widget)
5439 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5441 return GTK_WIDGET_HAS_DEFAULT (widget);
5445 * gtk_widget_grab_default:
5446 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5448 * Causes @widget to become the default widget. @widget must have the
5449 * %GTK_CAN_DEFAULT flag set; typically you have to set this flag
5450 * yourself by calling <literal>gtk_widget_set_can_default (@widget,
5451 * %TRUE)</literal>. The default widget is activated when
5452 * the user presses Enter in a window. Default widgets must be
5453 * activatable, that is, gtk_widget_activate() should affect them.
5456 gtk_widget_grab_default (GtkWidget *widget)
5460 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5461 g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_CAN_DEFAULT (widget));
5463 window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
5465 if (window && GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (window))
5466 gtk_window_set_default (GTK_WINDOW (window), widget);
5468 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": widget not within a GtkWindow");
5472 * gtk_widget_set_receives_default:
5473 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5474 * @receives_default: whether or not @widget can be a default widget.
5476 * Specifies whether @widget will be treated as the default widget
5477 * within its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget
5480 * See gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of
5486 gtk_widget_set_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget,
5487 gboolean receives_default)
5489 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5491 if (receives_default != gtk_widget_get_receives_default (widget))
5493 if (receives_default)
5494 GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_RECEIVES_DEFAULT);
5496 GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_RECEIVES_DEFAULT);
5498 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "receives-default");
5503 * gtk_widget_get_receives_default:
5504 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5506 * Determines whether @widget is alyways treated as default widget
5507 * withing its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget
5510 * See gtk_widget_set_receives_default().
5512 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget acts as default widget when focussed,
5518 gtk_widget_get_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget)
5520 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5522 return (GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_RECEIVES_DEFAULT) != 0;
5526 * gtk_widget_has_grab:
5527 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5529 * Determines whether the widget is currently grabbing events, so it
5530 * is the only widget receiving input events (keyboard and mouse).
5532 * See also gtk_grab_add().
5534 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is in the grab_widgets stack
5539 gtk_widget_has_grab (GtkWidget *widget)
5541 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5543 return (GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_HAS_GRAB) != 0;
5547 * gtk_widget_set_name:
5548 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5549 * @name: name for the widget
5551 * Widgets can be named, which allows you to refer to them from a
5552 * gtkrc file. You can apply a style to widgets with a particular name
5553 * in the gtkrc file. See the documentation for gtkrc files (on the
5554 * same page as the docs for #GtkRcStyle).
5556 * Note that widget names are separated by periods in paths (see
5557 * gtk_widget_path()), so names with embedded periods may cause confusion.
5560 gtk_widget_set_name (GtkWidget *widget,
5565 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5567 new_name = g_strdup (name);
5568 g_free (widget->name);
5569 widget->name = new_name;
5571 if (GTK_WIDGET_RC_STYLE (widget))
5572 gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (widget);
5574 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "name");
5578 * gtk_widget_get_name:
5579 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5581 * Retrieves the name of a widget. See gtk_widget_set_name() for the
5582 * significance of widget names.
5584 * Return value: name of the widget. This string is owned by GTK+ and
5585 * should not be modified or freed
5587 G_CONST_RETURN gchar*
5588 gtk_widget_get_name (GtkWidget *widget)
5590 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
5593 return widget->name;
5594 return g_type_name (GTK_WIDGET_TYPE (widget));
5598 * gtk_widget_set_state:
5599 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5600 * @state: new state for @widget
5602 * This function is for use in widget implementations. Sets the state
5603 * of a widget (insensitive, prelighted, etc.) Usually you should set
5604 * the state using wrapper functions such as gtk_widget_set_sensitive().
5607 gtk_widget_set_state (GtkWidget *widget,
5610 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5612 if (state == GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget))
5615 if (state == GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE)
5616 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, FALSE);
5622 data.state_restoration = FALSE;
5623 data.use_forall = FALSE;
5625 data.parent_sensitive = (GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget->parent) != FALSE);
5627 data.parent_sensitive = TRUE;
5629 gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
5631 if (GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE (widget))
5632 gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
5637 * gtk_widget_get_state:
5638 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5640 * Returns the widget's state. See gtk_widget_set_state().
5642 * Returns: the state of @widget.
5647 gtk_widget_get_state (GtkWidget *widget)
5649 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_STATE_NORMAL);
5651 return widget->state;
5655 * gtk_widget_set_visible:
5656 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5657 * @visible: whether the widget should be shown or not
5659 * Sets the visibility state of @widget. Note that setting this to
5660 * %TRUE doesn't mean the widget is actually viewable, see
5661 * gtk_widget_get_visible().
5663 * This function simply calls gtk_widget_show() or gtk_widget_hide()
5664 * but is nicer to use when the visibility of the widget depends on
5670 gtk_widget_set_visible (GtkWidget *widget,
5673 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5675 if (visible != GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
5678 gtk_widget_show (widget);
5680 gtk_widget_hide (widget);
5685 * gtk_widget_get_visible:
5686 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5688 * Determines whether the widget is visible. Note that this doesn't
5689 * take into account whether the widget's parent is also visible
5690 * or the widget is obscured in any way.
5692 * See gtk_widget_set_visible().
5694 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is visible
5699 gtk_widget_get_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
5701 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5703 return (GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_VISIBLE) != 0;
5707 * gtk_widget_set_has_window:
5708 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5709 * @has_window: whether or not @widget has a window.
5711 * Specifies whether @widget has a #GdkWindow of its own. Note that
5712 * all realized widgets have a non-%NULL "window" pointer
5713 * (gtk_widget_get_window() never returns a %NULL window when a widget
5714 * is realized), but for many of them it's actually the #GdkWindow of
5715 * one of its parent widgets. Widgets that create a %window for
5716 * themselves in GtkWidget::realize() however must announce this by
5717 * calling this function with @has_window = %TRUE.
5719 * This function should only be called by widget implementations,
5720 * and they should call it in their init() function.
5725 gtk_widget_set_has_window (GtkWidget *widget,
5726 gboolean has_window)
5728 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5731 GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_NO_WINDOW);
5733 GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_NO_WINDOW);
5737 * gtk_widget_get_has_window:
5738 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5740 * Determines whether @widget has a #GdkWindow of its own. See
5741 * gtk_widget_set_has_window().
5743 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget has a window, %FALSE otherwise
5748 gtk_widget_get_has_window (GtkWidget *widget)
5750 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5752 return !GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget);
5756 * gtk_widget_is_toplevel:
5757 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5759 * Determines whether @widget is a toplevel widget. Currently only
5760 * #GtkWindow and #GtkInvisible are toplevel widgets. Toplevel
5761 * widgets have no parent widget.
5763 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget is a toplevel, %FALSE otherwise
5768 gtk_widget_is_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget)
5770 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5772 return (GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_TOPLEVEL) != 0;
5776 * gtk_widget_is_drawable:
5777 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5779 * Determines whether @widget can be drawn to. A widget can be drawn
5780 * to if it is mapped and visible.
5782 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget is drawable, %FALSE otherwise
5787 gtk_widget_is_drawable (GtkWidget *widget)
5789 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5791 return ((GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_VISIBLE) != 0 &&
5792 (GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_MAPPED) != 0);
5796 * gtk_widget_set_app_paintable:
5797 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5798 * @app_paintable: %TRUE if the application will paint on the widget
5800 * Sets whether the application intends to draw on the widget in
5801 * an #GtkWidget::expose-event handler.
5803 * This is a hint to the widget and does not affect the behavior of
5804 * the GTK+ core; many widgets ignore this flag entirely. For widgets
5805 * that do pay attention to the flag, such as #GtkEventBox and #GtkWindow,
5806 * the effect is to suppress default themed drawing of the widget's
5807 * background. (Children of the widget will still be drawn.) The application
5808 * is then entirely responsible for drawing the widget background.
5810 * Note that the background is still drawn when the widget is mapped.
5811 * If this is not suitable (e.g. because you want to make a transparent
5812 * window using an RGBA visual), you can work around this by doing:
5814 * gtk_widget_realize (window);
5815 * gdk_window_set_back_pixmap (window->window, NULL, FALSE);
5816 * gtk_widget_show (window);
5820 gtk_widget_set_app_paintable (GtkWidget *widget,
5821 gboolean app_paintable)
5823 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5825 app_paintable = (app_paintable != FALSE);
5827 if (GTK_WIDGET_APP_PAINTABLE (widget) != app_paintable)
5830 GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_APP_PAINTABLE);
5832 GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_APP_PAINTABLE);
5834 if (GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE (widget))
5835 gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
5837 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "app-paintable");
5842 * gtk_widget_get_app_paintable:
5843 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5845 * Determines whether the application intends to draw on the widget in
5846 * an #GtkWidget::expose-event handler.
5848 * See gtk_widget_set_app_paintable()
5850 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is app paintable
5855 gtk_widget_get_app_paintable (GtkWidget *widget)
5857 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5859 return (GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_APP_PAINTABLE) != 0;
5863 * gtk_widget_set_double_buffered:
5864 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5865 * @double_buffered: %TRUE to double-buffer a widget
5867 * Widgets are double buffered by default; you can use this function
5868 * to turn off the buffering. "Double buffered" simply means that
5869 * gdk_window_begin_paint_region() and gdk_window_end_paint() are called
5870 * automatically around expose events sent to the
5871 * widget. gdk_window_begin_paint() diverts all drawing to a widget's
5872 * window to an offscreen buffer, and gdk_window_end_paint() draws the
5873 * buffer to the screen. The result is that users see the window
5874 * update in one smooth step, and don't see individual graphics
5875 * primitives being rendered.
5877 * In very simple terms, double buffered widgets don't flicker,
5878 * so you would only use this function to turn off double buffering
5879 * if you had special needs and really knew what you were doing.
5881 * Note: if you turn off double-buffering, you have to handle
5882 * expose events, since even the clearing to the background color or
5883 * pixmap will not happen automatically (as it is done in
5884 * gdk_window_begin_paint()).
5887 gtk_widget_set_double_buffered (GtkWidget *widget,
5888 gboolean double_buffered)
5890 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5892 if (double_buffered != GTK_WIDGET_DOUBLE_BUFFERED (widget))
5894 if (double_buffered)
5895 GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_DOUBLE_BUFFERED);
5897 GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_DOUBLE_BUFFERED);
5899 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "double-buffered");
5904 * gtk_widget_get_double_buffered:
5905 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5907 * Determines whether the widget is double buffered.
5909 * See gtk_widget_set_double_buffered()
5911 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is double buffered
5916 gtk_widget_get_double_buffered (GtkWidget *widget)
5918 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5920 return (GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_DOUBLE_BUFFERED) != 0;
5924 * gtk_widget_set_redraw_on_allocate:
5925 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5926 * @redraw_on_allocate: if %TRUE, the entire widget will be redrawn
5927 * when it is allocated to a new size. Otherwise, only the
5928 * new portion of the widget will be redrawn.
5930 * Sets whether the entire widget is queued for drawing when its size
5931 * allocation changes. By default, this setting is %TRUE and
5932 * the entire widget is redrawn on every size change. If your widget
5933 * leaves the upper left unchanged when made bigger, turning this
5934 * setting off will improve performance.
5936 * Note that for %NO_WINDOW widgets setting this flag to %FALSE turns
5937 * off all allocation on resizing: the widget will not even redraw if
5938 * its position changes; this is to allow containers that don't draw
5939 * anything to avoid excess invalidations. If you set this flag on a
5940 * %NO_WINDOW widget that <emphasis>does</emphasis> draw on @widget->window,
5941 * you are responsible for invalidating both the old and new allocation
5942 * of the widget when the widget is moved and responsible for invalidating
5943 * regions newly when the widget increases size.
5946 gtk_widget_set_redraw_on_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
5947 gboolean redraw_on_allocate)
5949 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5951 if (redraw_on_allocate)
5952 GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_REDRAW_ON_ALLOC);
5954 GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_REDRAW_ON_ALLOC);
5958 * gtk_widget_set_sensitive:
5959 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5960 * @sensitive: %TRUE to make the widget sensitive
5962 * Sets the sensitivity of a widget. A widget is sensitive if the user
5963 * can interact with it. Insensitive widgets are "grayed out" and the
5964 * user can't interact with them. Insensitive widgets are known as
5965 * "inactive", "disabled", or "ghosted" in some other toolkits.
5968 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget,
5973 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5975 sensitive = (sensitive != FALSE);
5977 if (sensitive == (GTK_WIDGET_SENSITIVE (widget) != FALSE))
5982 GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_SENSITIVE);
5983 data.state = GTK_WIDGET_SAVED_STATE (widget);
5987 GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_SENSITIVE);
5988 data.state = GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget);
5990 data.state_restoration = TRUE;
5991 data.use_forall = TRUE;
5994 data.parent_sensitive = (GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget->parent) != FALSE);
5996 data.parent_sensitive = TRUE;
5998 gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
5999 if (GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE (widget))
6000 gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
6002 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "sensitive");
6006 * gtk_widget_get_sensitive:
6007 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6009 * Returns the widget's sensitivity (in the sense of returning
6010 * the value that has been set using gtk_widget_set_sensitive()).
6012 * The effective sensitivity of a widget is however determined by both its
6013 * own and its parent widget's sensitivity. See gtk_widget_is_sensitive().
6015 * Returns: %TRUE if the widget is sensitive
6020 gtk_widget_get_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget)
6022 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6024 return GTK_WIDGET_SENSITIVE (widget);
6028 * gtk_widget_is_sensitive:
6029 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6031 * Returns the widget's effective sensitivity, which means
6032 * it is sensitive itself and also its parent widget is sensntive
6034 * Returns: %TRUE if the widget is effectively sensitive
6039 gtk_widget_is_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget)
6041 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6043 return GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget);
6047 * gtk_widget_set_parent:
6048 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6049 * @parent: parent container
6051 * This function is useful only when implementing subclasses of
6053 * Sets the container as the parent of @widget, and takes care of
6054 * some details such as updating the state and style of the child
6055 * to reflect its new location. The opposite function is
6056 * gtk_widget_unparent().
6059 gtk_widget_set_parent (GtkWidget *widget,
6064 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6065 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (parent));
6066 g_return_if_fail (widget != parent);
6067 if (widget->parent != NULL)
6069 g_warning ("Can't set a parent on widget which has a parent\n");
6072 if (GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget))
6074 g_warning ("Can't set a parent on a toplevel widget\n");
6078 /* keep this function in sync with gtk_menu_attach_to_widget()
6081 g_object_ref_sink (widget);
6082 widget->parent = parent;
6084 if (GTK_WIDGET_STATE (parent) != GTK_STATE_NORMAL)
6085 data.state = GTK_WIDGET_STATE (parent);
6087 data.state = GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget);
6088 data.state_restoration = FALSE;
6089 data.parent_sensitive = (GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (parent) != FALSE);
6090 data.use_forall = GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (parent) != GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget);
6092 gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
6094 gtk_widget_reset_rc_styles (widget);
6096 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[PARENT_SET], 0, NULL);
6097 if (GTK_WIDGET_ANCHORED (widget->parent))
6098 _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (widget, NULL);
6099 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
6101 /* Enforce realized/mapped invariants
6103 if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget->parent))
6104 gtk_widget_realize (widget);
6106 if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget->parent) &&
6107 GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
6109 if (GTK_WIDGET_CHILD_VISIBLE (widget) &&
6110 GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget->parent))
6111 gtk_widget_map (widget);
6113 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
6118 * gtk_widget_get_parent:
6119 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6121 * Returns the parent container of @widget.
6123 * Return value: the parent container of @widget, or %NULL
6126 gtk_widget_get_parent (GtkWidget *widget)
6128 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
6130 return widget->parent;
6133 /*****************************************
6135 * see docs/styles.txt
6136 *****************************************/
6139 * gtk_widget_set_style:
6140 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6141 * @style: a #GtkStyle, or %NULL to remove the effect of a previous
6142 * gtk_widget_set_style() and go back to the default style
6144 * Sets the #GtkStyle for a widget (@widget->style). You probably don't
6145 * want to use this function; it interacts badly with themes, because
6146 * themes work by replacing the #GtkStyle. Instead, use
6147 * gtk_widget_modify_style().
6150 gtk_widget_set_style (GtkWidget *widget,
6153 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6157 gboolean initial_emission;
6159 initial_emission = !GTK_WIDGET_RC_STYLE (widget) && !GTK_WIDGET_USER_STYLE (widget);
6161 GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_RC_STYLE);
6162 GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_USER_STYLE);
6164 gtk_widget_set_style_internal (widget, style, initial_emission);
6168 if (GTK_WIDGET_USER_STYLE (widget))
6169 gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (widget);
6174 * gtk_widget_ensure_style:
6175 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6177 * Ensures that @widget has a style (@widget->style). Not a very useful
6178 * function; most of the time, if you want the style, the widget is
6179 * realized, and realized widgets are guaranteed to have a style
6183 gtk_widget_ensure_style (GtkWidget *widget)
6185 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6187 if (!GTK_WIDGET_USER_STYLE (widget) &&
6188 !GTK_WIDGET_RC_STYLE (widget))
6189 gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (widget);
6192 /* Look up the RC style for this widget, unsetting any user style that
6193 * may be in effect currently
6196 gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (GtkWidget *widget)
6198 GtkStyle *new_style = NULL;
6199 gboolean initial_emission;
6201 initial_emission = !GTK_WIDGET_RC_STYLE (widget) && !GTK_WIDGET_USER_STYLE (widget);
6203 GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_USER_STYLE);
6204 GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_RC_STYLE);
6206 if (gtk_widget_has_screen (widget))
6207 new_style = gtk_rc_get_style (widget);
6209 new_style = gtk_widget_get_default_style ();
6211 if (initial_emission || new_style != widget->style)
6212 gtk_widget_set_style_internal (widget, new_style, initial_emission);
6216 * gtk_widget_get_style:
6217 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6219 * Simply an accessor function that returns @widget->style.
6221 * Return value: the widget's #GtkStyle
6224 gtk_widget_get_style (GtkWidget *widget)
6226 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
6228 return widget->style;
6232 * gtk_widget_modify_style:
6233 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6234 * @style: the #GtkRcStyle holding the style modifications
6236 * Modifies style values on the widget. Modifications made using this
6237 * technique take precedence over style values set via an RC file,
6238 * however, they will be overriden if a style is explicitely set on
6239 * the widget using gtk_widget_set_style(). The #GtkRcStyle structure
6240 * is designed so each field can either be set or unset, so it is
6241 * possible, using this function, to modify some style values and
6242 * leave the others unchanged.
6244 * Note that modifications made with this function are not cumulative
6245 * with previous calls to gtk_widget_modify_style() or with such
6246 * functions as gtk_widget_modify_fg(). If you wish to retain
6247 * previous values, you must first call gtk_widget_get_modifier_style(),
6248 * make your modifications to the returned style, then call
6249 * gtk_widget_modify_style() with that style. On the other hand,
6250 * if you first call gtk_widget_modify_style(), subsequent calls
6251 * to such functions gtk_widget_modify_fg() will have a cumulative
6252 * effect with the initial modifications.
6255 gtk_widget_modify_style (GtkWidget *widget,
6258 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6259 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_RC_STYLE (style));
6261 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
6263 gtk_rc_style_copy (style),
6264 (GDestroyNotify) g_object_unref);
6266 /* note that "style" may be invalid here if it was the old
6267 * modifier style and the only reference was our own.
6270 if (GTK_WIDGET_RC_STYLE (widget))
6271 gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (widget);
6275 * gtk_widget_get_modifier_style:
6276 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6278 * Returns the current modifier style for the widget. (As set by
6279 * gtk_widget_modify_style().) If no style has previously set, a new
6280 * #GtkRcStyle will be created with all values unset, and set as the
6281 * modifier style for the widget. If you make changes to this rc
6282 * style, you must call gtk_widget_modify_style(), passing in the
6283 * returned rc style, to make sure that your changes take effect.
6285 * Caution: passing the style back to gtk_widget_modify_style() will
6286 * normally end up destroying it, because gtk_widget_modify_style() copies
6287 * the passed-in style and sets the copy as the new modifier style,
6288 * thus dropping any reference to the old modifier style. Add a reference
6289 * to the modifier style if you want to keep it alive.
6291 * Return value: the modifier style for the widget. This rc style is
6292 * owned by the widget. If you want to keep a pointer to value this
6293 * around, you must add a refcount using g_object_ref().
6296 gtk_widget_get_modifier_style (GtkWidget *widget)
6298 GtkRcStyle *rc_style;
6300 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
6302 rc_style = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_rc_style);
6306 rc_style = gtk_rc_style_new ();
6307 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
6310 (GDestroyNotify) g_object_unref);
6317 gtk_widget_modify_color_component (GtkWidget *widget,
6318 GtkRcFlags component,
6320 const GdkColor *color)
6322 GtkRcStyle *rc_style = gtk_widget_get_modifier_style (widget);
6329 rc_style->fg[state] = *color;
6332 rc_style->bg[state] = *color;
6335 rc_style->text[state] = *color;
6338 rc_style->base[state] = *color;
6341 g_assert_not_reached();
6344 rc_style->color_flags[state] |= component;
6347 rc_style->color_flags[state] &= ~component;
6349 gtk_widget_modify_style (widget, rc_style);
6353 * gtk_widget_modify_fg:
6354 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6355 * @state: the state for which to set the foreground color
6356 * @color: the color to assign (does not need to be allocated),
6357 * or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
6358 * of gtk_widget_modify_fg().
6360 * Sets the foreground color for a widget in a particular state.
6361 * All other style values are left untouched. See also
6362 * gtk_widget_modify_style().
6365 gtk_widget_modify_fg (GtkWidget *widget,
6367 const GdkColor *color)
6369 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6370 g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
6372 gtk_widget_modify_color_component (widget, GTK_RC_FG, state, color);
6376 * gtk_widget_modify_bg:
6377 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6378 * @state: the state for which to set the background color
6379 * @color: the color to assign (does not need to be allocated),
6380 * or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
6381 * of gtk_widget_modify_bg().
6383 * Sets the background color for a widget in a particular state.
6384 * All other style values are left untouched. See also
6385 * gtk_widget_modify_style().
6387 * Note that "no window" widgets (which have the %GTK_NO_WINDOW flag set)
6388 * draw on their parent container's window and thus may not draw any
6389 * background themselves. This is the case for e.g. #GtkLabel. To modify
6390 * the background of such widgets, you have to set the background color
6391 * on their parent; if you want to set the background of a rectangular
6392 * area around a label, try placing the label in a #GtkEventBox widget
6393 * and setting the background color on that.
6396 gtk_widget_modify_bg (GtkWidget *widget,
6398 const GdkColor *color)
6400 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6401 g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
6403 gtk_widget_modify_color_component (widget, GTK_RC_BG, state, color);
6407 * gtk_widget_modify_text:
6408 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6409 * @state: the state for which to set the text color
6410 * @color: the color to assign (does not need to be allocated),
6411 * or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
6412 * of gtk_widget_modify_text().
6414 * Sets the text color for a widget in a particular state. All other
6415 * style values are left untouched. The text color is the foreground
6416 * color used along with the base color (see gtk_widget_modify_base())
6417 * for widgets such as #GtkEntry and #GtkTextView. See also
6418 * gtk_widget_modify_style().
6421 gtk_widget_modify_text (GtkWidget *widget,
6423 const GdkColor *color)
6425 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6426 g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
6428 gtk_widget_modify_color_component (widget, GTK_RC_TEXT, state, color);
6432 * gtk_widget_modify_base:
6433 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6434 * @state: the state for which to set the base color
6435 * @color: the color to assign (does not need to be allocated),
6436 * or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
6437 * of gtk_widget_modify_base().
6439 * Sets the base color for a widget in a particular state.
6440 * All other style values are left untouched. The base color
6441 * is the background color used along with the text color
6442 * (see gtk_widget_modify_text()) for widgets such as #GtkEntry
6443 * and #GtkTextView. See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
6445 * Note that "no window" widgets (which have the %GTK_NO_WINDOW flag set)
6446 * draw on their parent container's window and thus may not draw any
6447 * background themselves. This is the case for e.g. #GtkLabel. To modify
6448 * the background of such widgets, you have to set the base color on their
6449 * parent; if you want to set the background of a rectangular area around
6450 * a label, try placing the label in a #GtkEventBox widget and setting
6451 * the base color on that.
6454 gtk_widget_modify_base (GtkWidget *widget,
6456 const GdkColor *color)
6458 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6459 g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
6461 gtk_widget_modify_color_component (widget, GTK_RC_BASE, state, color);
6465 modify_color_property (GtkWidget *widget,
6466 GtkRcStyle *rc_style,
6468 const GdkColor *color)
6470 GQuark type_name = g_type_qname (G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget));
6471 GQuark property_name = g_quark_from_string (name);
6475 GtkRcProperty rc_property = {0};
6478 rc_property.type_name = type_name;
6479 rc_property.property_name = property_name;
6480 rc_property.origin = NULL;
6482 color_name = gdk_color_to_string (color);
6483 g_value_init (&rc_property.value, G_TYPE_STRING);
6484 g_value_take_string (&rc_property.value, color_name);
6486 _gtk_rc_style_set_rc_property (rc_style, &rc_property);
6488 g_value_unset (&rc_property.value);
6491 _gtk_rc_style_unset_rc_property (rc_style, type_name, property_name);
6495 * gtk_widget_modify_cursor:
6496 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6497 * @primary: the color to use for primary cursor (does not need to be
6498 * allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
6499 * of gtk_widget_modify_cursor().
6500 * @secondary: the color to use for secondary cursor (does not need to be
6501 * allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
6502 * of gtk_widget_modify_cursor().
6504 * Sets the cursor color to use in a widget, overriding the
6505 * #GtkWidget:cursor-color and #GtkWidget:secondary-cursor-color
6506 * style properties. All other style values are left untouched.
6507 * See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
6512 gtk_widget_modify_cursor (GtkWidget *widget,
6513 const GdkColor *primary,
6514 const GdkColor *secondary)
6516 GtkRcStyle *rc_style;
6518 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6520 rc_style = gtk_widget_get_modifier_style (widget);
6522 modify_color_property (widget, rc_style, "cursor-color", primary);
6523 modify_color_property (widget, rc_style, "secondary-cursor-color", secondary);
6525 gtk_widget_modify_style (widget, rc_style);
6529 * gtk_widget_modify_font:
6530 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6531 * @font_desc: the font description to use, or %NULL to undo
6532 * the effect of previous calls to gtk_widget_modify_font().
6534 * Sets the font to use for a widget. All other style values are left
6535 * untouched. See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
6538 gtk_widget_modify_font (GtkWidget *widget,
6539 PangoFontDescription *font_desc)
6541 GtkRcStyle *rc_style;
6543 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6545 rc_style = gtk_widget_get_modifier_style (widget);
6547 if (rc_style->font_desc)
6548 pango_font_description_free (rc_style->font_desc);
6551 rc_style->font_desc = pango_font_description_copy (font_desc);
6553 rc_style->font_desc = NULL;
6555 gtk_widget_modify_style (widget, rc_style);
6559 gtk_widget_real_direction_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
6560 GtkTextDirection previous_direction)
6562 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
6566 gtk_widget_real_style_set (GtkWidget *widget,
6567 GtkStyle *previous_style)
6569 if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget) &&
6570 !GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
6571 gtk_style_set_background (widget->style, widget->window, widget->state);
6575 gtk_widget_set_style_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
6577 gboolean initial_emission)
6579 g_object_ref (widget);
6580 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
6582 if (widget->style != style)
6584 GtkStyle *previous_style;
6586 if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
6588 gtk_widget_reset_shapes (widget);
6589 gtk_style_detach (widget->style);
6592 previous_style = widget->style;
6593 widget->style = style;
6594 g_object_ref (widget->style);
6596 if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
6597 widget->style = gtk_style_attach (widget->style, widget->window);
6599 gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
6600 g_signal_emit (widget,
6601 widget_signals[STYLE_SET],
6603 initial_emission ? NULL : previous_style);
6604 g_object_unref (previous_style);
6606 if (GTK_WIDGET_ANCHORED (widget) && !initial_emission)
6607 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
6609 else if (initial_emission)
6611 gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
6612 g_signal_emit (widget,
6613 widget_signals[STYLE_SET],
6617 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "style");
6618 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
6619 g_object_unref (widget);
6623 GtkWidget *previous_toplevel;
6624 GdkScreen *previous_screen;
6625 GdkScreen *new_screen;
6626 } HierarchyChangedInfo;
6629 do_screen_change (GtkWidget *widget,
6630 GdkScreen *old_screen,
6631 GdkScreen *new_screen)
6633 if (old_screen != new_screen)
6637 PangoContext *context = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
6639 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context, NULL);
6642 _gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
6643 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SCREEN_CHANGED], 0, old_screen);
6648 gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
6649 gpointer client_data)
6651 HierarchyChangedInfo *info = client_data;
6652 gboolean new_anchored = GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget) ||
6653 (widget->parent && GTK_WIDGET_ANCHORED (widget->parent));
6655 if (GTK_WIDGET_ANCHORED (widget) != new_anchored)
6657 g_object_ref (widget);
6660 GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_ANCHORED);
6662 GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_ANCHORED);
6664 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[HIERARCHY_CHANGED], 0, info->previous_toplevel);
6665 do_screen_change (widget, info->previous_screen, info->new_screen);
6667 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
6668 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
6669 gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse,
6672 g_object_unref (widget);
6677 * _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed:
6678 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6679 * @previous_toplevel: Previous toplevel
6681 * Propagates changes in the anchored state to a widget and all
6682 * children, unsetting or setting the %ANCHORED flag, and
6683 * emitting #GtkWidget::hierarchy-changed.
6686 _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
6687 GtkWidget *previous_toplevel)
6689 HierarchyChangedInfo info;
6691 info.previous_toplevel = previous_toplevel;
6692 info.previous_screen = previous_toplevel ? gtk_widget_get_screen (previous_toplevel) : NULL;
6694 if (GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget) ||
6695 (widget->parent && GTK_WIDGET_ANCHORED (widget->parent)))
6696 info.new_screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
6698 info.new_screen = NULL;
6700 if (info.previous_screen)
6701 g_object_ref (info.previous_screen);
6702 if (previous_toplevel)
6703 g_object_ref (previous_toplevel);
6705 gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse (widget, &info);
6707 if (previous_toplevel)
6708 g_object_unref (previous_toplevel);
6709 if (info.previous_screen)
6710 g_object_unref (info.previous_screen);
6714 gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
6715 gpointer client_data)
6717 HierarchyChangedInfo *info = client_data;
6719 g_object_ref (widget);
6721 do_screen_change (widget, info->previous_screen, info->new_screen);
6723 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
6724 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
6725 gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse,
6728 g_object_unref (widget);
6732 * gtk_widget_is_composited:
6733 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6735 * Whether @widget can rely on having its alpha channel
6736 * drawn correctly. On X11 this function returns whether a
6737 * compositing manager is running for @widget's screen.
6739 * Please note that the semantics of this call will change
6740 * in the future if used on a widget that has a composited
6741 * window in its hierarchy (as set by gdk_window_set_composited()).
6743 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget can rely on its alpha
6744 * channel being drawn correctly.
6749 gtk_widget_is_composited (GtkWidget *widget)
6753 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6755 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
6757 return gdk_screen_is_composited (screen);
6761 propagate_composited_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
6764 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
6766 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
6767 propagate_composited_changed,
6771 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[COMPOSITED_CHANGED], 0);
6775 _gtk_widget_propagate_composited_changed (GtkWidget *widget)
6777 propagate_composited_changed (widget, NULL);
6781 * _gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed:
6782 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6783 * @previous_screen: Previous screen
6785 * Propagates changes in the screen for a widget to all
6786 * children, emitting #GtkWidget::screen-changed.
6789 _gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
6790 GdkScreen *previous_screen)
6792 HierarchyChangedInfo info;
6794 info.previous_screen = previous_screen;
6795 info.new_screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
6797 if (previous_screen)
6798 g_object_ref (previous_screen);
6800 gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse (widget, &info);
6802 if (previous_screen)
6803 g_object_unref (previous_screen);
6807 reset_rc_styles_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
6809 if (GTK_WIDGET_RC_STYLE (widget))
6810 gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (widget);
6812 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
6813 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
6814 reset_rc_styles_recurse,
6819 gtk_widget_reset_rc_styles (GtkWidget *widget)
6821 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6823 reset_rc_styles_recurse (widget, NULL);
6827 * gtk_widget_get_default_style:
6829 * Returns the default style used by all widgets initially.
6831 * Returns: the default style. This #GtkStyle object is owned
6832 * by GTK+ and should not be modified or freed.
6835 gtk_widget_get_default_style (void)
6837 if (!gtk_default_style)
6839 gtk_default_style = gtk_style_new ();
6840 g_object_ref (gtk_default_style);
6843 return gtk_default_style;
6846 static PangoContext *
6847 gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
6849 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
6853 * gtk_widget_get_pango_context:
6854 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6856 * Gets a #PangoContext with the appropriate font map, font description,
6857 * and base direction for this widget. Unlike the context returned
6858 * by gtk_widget_create_pango_context(), this context is owned by
6859 * the widget (it can be used until the screen for the widget changes
6860 * or the widget is removed from its toplevel), and will be updated to
6861 * match any changes to the widget's attributes.
6863 * If you create and keep a #PangoLayout using this context, you must
6864 * deal with changes to the context by calling pango_layout_context_changed()
6865 * on the layout in response to the #GtkWidget::style-set and
6866 * #GtkWidget::direction-changed signals for the widget.
6868 * Return value: the #PangoContext for the widget.
6871 gtk_widget_get_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
6873 PangoContext *context;
6875 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
6877 context = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
6880 context = gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GTK_WIDGET (widget));
6881 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
6882 quark_pango_context,
6891 update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget,
6892 PangoContext *context)
6894 pango_context_set_font_description (context, widget->style->font_desc);
6895 pango_context_set_base_dir (context,
6896 gtk_widget_get_direction (widget) == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR ?
6897 PANGO_DIRECTION_LTR : PANGO_DIRECTION_RTL);
6901 gtk_widget_update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
6903 PangoContext *context = gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (widget);
6909 update_pango_context (widget, context);
6911 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
6914 pango_cairo_context_set_resolution (context,
6915 gdk_screen_get_resolution (screen));
6916 pango_cairo_context_set_font_options (context,
6917 gdk_screen_get_font_options (screen));
6923 * gtk_widget_create_pango_context:
6924 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6926 * Creates a new #PangoContext with the appropriate font map,
6927 * font description, and base direction for drawing text for
6928 * this widget. See also gtk_widget_get_pango_context().
6930 * Return value: the new #PangoContext
6933 gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
6936 PangoContext *context;
6938 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
6940 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
6943 GTK_NOTE (MULTIHEAD,
6944 g_warning ("gtk_widget_create_pango_context ()) called without screen"));
6946 screen = gdk_screen_get_default ();
6949 context = gdk_pango_context_get_for_screen (screen);
6951 update_pango_context (widget, context);
6952 pango_context_set_language (context, gtk_get_default_language ());
6958 * gtk_widget_create_pango_layout:
6959 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6960 * @text: text to set on the layout (can be %NULL)
6962 * Creates a new #PangoLayout with the appropriate font map,
6963 * font description, and base direction for drawing text for
6966 * If you keep a #PangoLayout created in this way around, in order to
6967 * notify the layout of changes to the base direction or font of this
6968 * widget, you must call pango_layout_context_changed() in response to
6969 * the #GtkWidget::style-set and #GtkWidget::direction-changed signals
6972 * Return value: the new #PangoLayout
6975 gtk_widget_create_pango_layout (GtkWidget *widget,
6978 PangoLayout *layout;
6979 PangoContext *context;
6981 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
6983 context = gtk_widget_get_pango_context (widget);
6984 layout = pango_layout_new (context);
6987 pango_layout_set_text (layout, text, -1);
6993 * gtk_widget_render_icon:
6994 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6995 * @stock_id: a stock ID
6996 * @size: a stock size. A size of (GtkIconSize)-1 means render at
6997 * the size of the source and don't scale (if there are multiple
6998 * source sizes, GTK+ picks one of the available sizes).
6999 * @detail: render detail to pass to theme engine
7001 * A convenience function that uses the theme engine and RC file
7002 * settings for @widget to look up @stock_id and render it to
7003 * a pixbuf. @stock_id should be a stock icon ID such as
7004 * #GTK_STOCK_OPEN or #GTK_STOCK_OK. @size should be a size
7005 * such as #GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU. @detail should be a string that
7006 * identifies the widget or code doing the rendering, so that
7007 * theme engines can special-case rendering for that widget or code.
7009 * The pixels in the returned #GdkPixbuf are shared with the rest of
7010 * the application and should not be modified. The pixbuf should be freed
7011 * after use with g_object_unref().
7013 * Return value: a new pixbuf, or %NULL if the stock ID wasn't known
7016 gtk_widget_render_icon (GtkWidget *widget,
7017 const gchar *stock_id,
7019 const gchar *detail)
7021 GtkIconSet *icon_set;
7024 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
7025 g_return_val_if_fail (stock_id != NULL, NULL);
7026 g_return_val_if_fail (size > GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID || size == -1, NULL);
7028 gtk_widget_ensure_style (widget);
7030 icon_set = gtk_style_lookup_icon_set (widget->style, stock_id);
7032 if (icon_set == NULL)
7035 retval = gtk_icon_set_render_icon (icon_set,
7037 gtk_widget_get_direction (widget),
7038 GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget),
7047 * gtk_widget_set_parent_window:
7048 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
7049 * @parent_window: the new parent window.
7051 * Sets a non default parent window for @widget.
7054 gtk_widget_set_parent_window (GtkWidget *widget,
7055 GdkWindow *parent_window)
7057 GdkWindow *old_parent_window;
7059 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7061 old_parent_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
7062 quark_parent_window);
7064 if (parent_window != old_parent_window)
7066 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_parent_window,
7068 if (old_parent_window)
7069 g_object_unref (old_parent_window);
7071 g_object_ref (parent_window);
7076 * gtk_widget_get_parent_window:
7077 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
7078 * @returns: the parent window of @widget.
7080 * Gets @widget's parent window.
7083 gtk_widget_get_parent_window (GtkWidget *widget)
7085 GdkWindow *parent_window;
7087 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
7089 parent_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_parent_window);
7091 return (parent_window != NULL) ? parent_window :
7092 (widget->parent != NULL) ? widget->parent->window : NULL;
7097 * gtk_widget_set_child_visible:
7098 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7099 * @is_visible: if %TRUE, @widget should be mapped along with its parent.
7101 * Sets whether @widget should be mapped along with its when its parent
7102 * is mapped and @widget has been shown with gtk_widget_show().
7104 * The child visibility can be set for widget before it is added to
7105 * a container with gtk_widget_set_parent(), to avoid mapping
7106 * children unnecessary before immediately unmapping them. However
7107 * it will be reset to its default state of %TRUE when the widget
7108 * is removed from a container.
7110 * Note that changing the child visibility of a widget does not
7111 * queue a resize on the widget. Most of the time, the size of
7112 * a widget is computed from all visible children, whether or
7113 * not they are mapped. If this is not the case, the container
7114 * can queue a resize itself.
7116 * This function is only useful for container implementations and
7117 * never should be called by an application.
7120 gtk_widget_set_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget,
7121 gboolean is_visible)
7123 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7124 g_return_if_fail (!GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget));
7126 g_object_ref (widget);
7129 GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_CHILD_VISIBLE);
7132 GtkWidget *toplevel;
7134 GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_CHILD_VISIBLE);
7136 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
7137 if (toplevel != widget && GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (toplevel))
7138 _gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
7141 if (widget->parent && GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget->parent))
7143 if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget->parent) &&
7144 GTK_WIDGET_CHILD_VISIBLE (widget) &&
7145 GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
7146 gtk_widget_map (widget);
7148 gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
7151 g_object_unref (widget);
7155 * gtk_widget_get_child_visible:
7156 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7158 * Gets the value set with gtk_widget_set_child_visible().
7159 * If you feel a need to use this function, your code probably
7160 * needs reorganization.
7162 * This function is only useful for container implementations and
7163 * never should be called by an application.
7165 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is mapped with the parent.
7168 gtk_widget_get_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
7170 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7172 return GTK_WIDGET_CHILD_VISIBLE (widget);
7176 gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (GtkWidget *widget)
7178 GtkWidget *toplevel;
7180 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
7182 if (GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (toplevel))
7184 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
7185 return GTK_WINDOW (toplevel)->screen;
7186 else if (GTK_IS_INVISIBLE (toplevel))
7187 return GTK_INVISIBLE (widget)->screen;
7194 * gtk_widget_get_screen:
7195 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7197 * Get the #GdkScreen from the toplevel window associated with
7198 * this widget. This function can only be called after the widget
7199 * has been added to a widget hierarchy with a #GtkWindow
7202 * In general, you should only create screen specific
7203 * resources when a widget has been realized, and you should
7204 * free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
7206 * Return value: the #GdkScreen for the toplevel for this widget.
7211 gtk_widget_get_screen (GtkWidget *widget)
7215 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
7217 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
7224 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": Can't get associated screen"
7225 " for a widget unless it is inside a toplevel GtkWindow\n"
7226 " widget type is %s associated top level type is %s",
7227 g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE(G_OBJECT (widget))),
7228 g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE(G_OBJECT (toplevel))));
7230 return gdk_screen_get_default ();
7235 * gtk_widget_has_screen:
7236 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7238 * Checks whether there is a #GdkScreen is associated with
7239 * this widget. All toplevel widgets have an associated
7240 * screen, and all widgets added into a hierarchy with a toplevel
7241 * window at the top.
7243 * Return value: %TRUE if there is a #GdkScreen associcated
7249 gtk_widget_has_screen (GtkWidget *widget)
7251 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7253 return (gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget) != NULL);
7257 * gtk_widget_get_display:
7258 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7260 * Get the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel window associated with
7261 * this widget. This function can only be called after the widget
7262 * has been added to a widget hierarchy with a #GtkWindow at the top.
7264 * In general, you should only create display specific
7265 * resources when a widget has been realized, and you should
7266 * free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
7268 * Return value: the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel for this widget.
7273 gtk_widget_get_display (GtkWidget *widget)
7275 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
7277 return gdk_screen_get_display (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
7281 * gtk_widget_get_root_window:
7282 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7284 * Get the root window where this widget is located. This function can
7285 * only be called after the widget has been added to a widget
7286 * hierarchy with #GtkWindow at the top.
7288 * The root window is useful for such purposes as creating a popup
7289 * #GdkWindow associated with the window. In general, you should only
7290 * create display specific resources when a widget has been realized,
7291 * and you should free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
7293 * Return value: the #GdkWindow root window for the toplevel for this widget.
7298 gtk_widget_get_root_window (GtkWidget *widget)
7300 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
7302 return gdk_screen_get_root_window (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
7306 * gtk_widget_child_focus:
7307 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7308 * @direction: direction of focus movement
7310 * This function is used by custom widget implementations; if you're
7311 * writing an app, you'd use gtk_widget_grab_focus() to move the focus
7312 * to a particular widget, and gtk_container_set_focus_chain() to
7313 * change the focus tab order. So you may want to investigate those
7314 * functions instead.
7316 * gtk_widget_child_focus() is called by containers as the user moves
7317 * around the window using keyboard shortcuts. @direction indicates
7318 * what kind of motion is taking place (up, down, left, right, tab
7319 * forward, tab backward). gtk_widget_child_focus() emits the
7320 * #GtkWidget::focus" signal; widgets override the default handler
7321 * for this signal in order to implement appropriate focus behavior.
7323 * The default ::focus handler for a widget should return %TRUE if
7324 * moving in @direction left the focus on a focusable location inside
7325 * that widget, and %FALSE if moving in @direction moved the focus
7326 * outside the widget. If returning %TRUE, widgets normally
7327 * call gtk_widget_grab_focus() to place the focus accordingly;
7328 * if returning %FALSE, they don't modify the current focus location.
7330 * This function replaces gtk_container_focus() from GTK+ 1.2.
7331 * It was necessary to check that the child was visible, sensitive,
7332 * and focusable before calling gtk_container_focus().
7333 * gtk_widget_child_focus() returns %FALSE if the widget is not
7334 * currently in a focusable state, so there's no need for those checks.
7336 * Return value: %TRUE if focus ended up inside @widget
7339 gtk_widget_child_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
7340 GtkDirectionType direction)
7342 gboolean return_val;
7344 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7346 if (!GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget) ||
7347 !GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget))
7350 /* child widgets must set CAN_FOCUS, containers
7351 * don't have to though.
7353 if (!GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget) &&
7354 !GTK_WIDGET_CAN_FOCUS (widget))
7357 g_signal_emit (widget,
7358 widget_signals[FOCUS],
7360 direction, &return_val);
7366 * gtk_widget_keynav_failed:
7367 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7368 * @direction: direction of focus movement
7370 * This function should be called whenever keyboard navigation within
7371 * a single widget hits a boundary. The function emits the
7372 * #GtkWidget::keynav-failed signal on the widget and its return
7373 * value should be interpreted in a way similar to the return value of
7374 * gtk_widget_child_focus():
7376 * When %TRUE is returned, stay in the widget, the failed keyboard
7377 * navigation is Ok and/or there is nowhere we can/should move the
7380 * When %FALSE is returned, the caller should continue with keyboard
7381 * navigation outside the widget, e.g. by calling
7382 * gtk_widget_child_focus() on the widget's toplevel.
7384 * The default ::keynav-failed handler returns %TRUE for
7385 * %GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD and %GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD. For the other
7386 * values of #GtkDirectionType, it looks at the
7387 * #GtkSettings:gtk-keynav-cursor-only setting and returns %FALSE
7388 * if the setting is %TRUE. This way the entire user interface
7389 * becomes cursor-navigatable on input devices such as mobile phones
7390 * which only have cursor keys but no tab key.
7392 * Whenever the default handler returns %TRUE, it also calls
7393 * gtk_widget_error_bell() to notify the user of the failed keyboard
7396 * A use case for providing an own implementation of ::keynav-failed
7397 * (either by connecting to it or by overriding it) would be a row of
7398 * #GtkEntry widgets where the user should be able to navigate the
7399 * entire row with the cursor keys, as e.g. known from user interfaces
7400 * that require entering license keys.
7402 * Return value: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
7403 * if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
7404 * navigation attempt in its parent container(s).
7409 gtk_widget_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
7410 GtkDirectionType direction)
7412 gboolean return_val;
7414 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7416 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[KEYNAV_FAILED], 0,
7417 direction, &return_val);
7423 * gtk_widget_error_bell:
7424 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7426 * Notifies the user about an input-related error on this widget.
7427 * If the #GtkSettings:gtk-error-bell setting is %TRUE, it calls
7428 * gdk_window_beep(), otherwise it does nothing.
7430 * Note that the effect of gdk_window_beep() can be configured in many
7431 * ways, depending on the windowing backend and the desktop environment
7432 * or window manager that is used.
7437 gtk_widget_error_bell (GtkWidget *widget)
7439 GtkSettings* settings;
7442 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7444 settings = gtk_widget_get_settings (widget);
7448 g_object_get (settings,
7449 "gtk-error-bell", &beep,
7452 if (beep && widget->window)
7453 gdk_window_beep (widget->window);
7457 * gtk_widget_set_uposition:
7458 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7459 * @x: x position; -1 to unset x; -2 to leave x unchanged
7460 * @y: y position; -1 to unset y; -2 to leave y unchanged
7463 * Sets the position of a widget. The funny "u" in the name comes from
7464 * the "user position" hint specified by the X Window System, and
7465 * exists for legacy reasons. This function doesn't work if a widget
7466 * is inside a container; it's only really useful on #GtkWindow.
7468 * Don't use this function to center dialogs over the main application
7469 * window; most window managers will do the centering on your behalf
7470 * if you call gtk_window_set_transient_for(), and it's really not
7471 * possible to get the centering to work correctly in all cases from
7472 * application code. But if you insist, use gtk_window_set_position()
7473 * to set #GTK_WIN_POS_CENTER_ON_PARENT, don't do the centering
7476 * Note that although @x and @y can be individually unset, the position
7477 * is not honoured unless both @x and @y are set.
7480 gtk_widget_set_uposition (GtkWidget *widget,
7484 /* FIXME this function is the only place that aux_info->x and
7485 * aux_info->y are even used I believe, and this function is
7486 * deprecated. Should be cleaned up.
7488 * (Actually, size_allocate uses them) -Yosh
7491 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
7493 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7495 aux_info =_gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
7500 aux_info->x_set = FALSE;
7503 aux_info->x_set = TRUE;
7511 aux_info->y_set = FALSE;
7514 aux_info->y_set = TRUE;
7519 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget) && aux_info->x_set && aux_info->y_set)
7520 _gtk_window_reposition (GTK_WINDOW (widget), aux_info->x, aux_info->y);
7522 if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget) && widget->parent)
7523 gtk_widget_size_allocate (widget, &widget->allocation);
7527 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
7531 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
7532 gboolean changed = FALSE;
7534 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
7536 aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
7538 if (width > -2 && aux_info->width != width)
7540 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "width-request");
7541 aux_info->width = width;
7544 if (height > -2 && aux_info->height != height)
7546 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "height-request");
7547 aux_info->height = height;
7551 if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget) && changed)
7552 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
7554 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
7558 * gtk_widget_set_usize:
7559 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7560 * @width: minimum width, or -1 to unset
7561 * @height: minimum height, or -1 to unset
7563 * Sets the minimum size of a widget; that is, the widget's size
7564 * request will be @width by @height. You can use this function to
7565 * force a widget to be either larger or smaller than it is. The
7566 * strange "usize" name dates from the early days of GTK+, and derives
7567 * from X Window System terminology. In many cases,
7568 * gtk_window_set_default_size() is a better choice for toplevel
7569 * windows than this function; setting the default size will still
7570 * allow users to shrink the window. Setting the usize will force them
7571 * to leave the window at least as large as the usize. When dealing
7572 * with window sizes, gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() can be a useful
7575 * Note the inherent danger of setting any fixed size - themes,
7576 * translations into other languages, different fonts, and user action
7577 * can all change the appropriate size for a given widget. So, it's
7578 * basically impossible to hardcode a size that will always be
7581 * Deprecated: 2.2: Use gtk_widget_set_size_request() instead.
7584 gtk_widget_set_usize (GtkWidget *widget,
7588 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7590 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, width, height);
7594 * gtk_widget_set_size_request:
7595 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7596 * @width: width @widget should request, or -1 to unset
7597 * @height: height @widget should request, or -1 to unset
7599 * Sets the minimum size of a widget; that is, the widget's size
7600 * request will be @width by @height. You can use this function to
7601 * force a widget to be either larger or smaller than it normally
7604 * In most cases, gtk_window_set_default_size() is a better choice for
7605 * toplevel windows than this function; setting the default size will
7606 * still allow users to shrink the window. Setting the size request
7607 * will force them to leave the window at least as large as the size
7608 * request. When dealing with window sizes,
7609 * gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() can be a useful function as well.
7611 * Note the inherent danger of setting any fixed size - themes,
7612 * translations into other languages, different fonts, and user action
7613 * can all change the appropriate size for a given widget. So, it's
7614 * basically impossible to hardcode a size that will always be
7617 * The size request of a widget is the smallest size a widget can
7618 * accept while still functioning well and drawing itself correctly.
7619 * However in some strange cases a widget may be allocated less than
7620 * its requested size, and in many cases a widget may be allocated more
7621 * space than it requested.
7623 * If the size request in a given direction is -1 (unset), then
7624 * the "natural" size request of the widget will be used instead.
7626 * Widgets can't actually be allocated a size less than 1 by 1, but
7627 * you can pass 0,0 to this function to mean "as small as possible."
7630 gtk_widget_set_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
7634 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7635 g_return_if_fail (width >= -1);
7636 g_return_if_fail (height >= -1);
7643 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, width, height);
7648 * gtk_widget_get_size_request:
7649 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7650 * @width: return location for width, or %NULL
7651 * @height: return location for height, or %NULL
7653 * Gets the size request that was explicitly set for the widget using
7654 * gtk_widget_set_size_request(). A value of -1 stored in @width or
7655 * @height indicates that that dimension has not been set explicitly
7656 * and the natural requisition of the widget will be used intead. See
7657 * gtk_widget_set_size_request(). To get the size a widget will
7658 * actually use, call gtk_widget_size_request() instead of
7662 gtk_widget_get_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
7666 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
7668 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7670 aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
7673 *width = aux_info ? aux_info->width : -1;
7676 *height = aux_info ? aux_info->height : -1;
7680 * gtk_widget_set_events:
7681 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7682 * @events: event mask
7684 * Sets the event mask (see #GdkEventMask) for a widget. The event
7685 * mask determines which events a widget will receive. Keep in mind
7686 * that different widgets have different default event masks, and by
7687 * changing the event mask you may disrupt a widget's functionality,
7688 * so be careful. This function must be called while a widget is
7689 * unrealized. Consider gtk_widget_add_events() for widgets that are
7690 * already realized, or if you want to preserve the existing event
7691 * mask. This function can't be used with #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets;
7692 * to get events on those widgets, place them inside a #GtkEventBox
7693 * and receive events on the event box.
7696 gtk_widget_set_events (GtkWidget *widget,
7699 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7700 g_return_if_fail (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget));
7702 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask,
7703 GINT_TO_POINTER (events));
7704 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
7708 gtk_widget_add_events_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
7714 for (l = window_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
7716 GdkWindow *window = l->data;
7719 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
7720 if (user_data == widget)
7724 gdk_window_set_events (window, gdk_window_get_events (window) | events);
7726 children = gdk_window_get_children (window);
7727 gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, events, children);
7728 g_list_free (children);
7734 * gtk_widget_add_events:
7735 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7736 * @events: an event mask, see #GdkEventMask
7738 * Adds the events in the bitfield @events to the event mask for
7739 * @widget. See gtk_widget_set_events() for details.
7742 gtk_widget_add_events (GtkWidget *widget,
7747 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7749 old_events = GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask));
7750 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask,
7751 GINT_TO_POINTER (old_events | events));
7753 if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
7757 if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
7758 window_list = gdk_window_get_children (widget->window);
7760 window_list = g_list_prepend (NULL, widget->window);
7762 gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, events, window_list);
7764 g_list_free (window_list);
7767 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
7771 * gtk_widget_set_extension_events:
7772 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7773 * @mode: bitfield of extension events to receive
7775 * Sets the extension events mask to @mode. See #GdkExtensionMode
7776 * and gdk_input_set_extension_events().
7779 gtk_widget_set_extension_events (GtkWidget *widget,
7780 GdkExtensionMode mode)
7782 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7784 if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
7785 gtk_widget_set_extension_events_internal (widget, mode, NULL);
7787 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_extension_event_mode,
7788 GINT_TO_POINTER (mode));
7789 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "extension-events");
7793 * gtk_widget_get_toplevel:
7794 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7796 * This function returns the topmost widget in the container hierarchy
7797 * @widget is a part of. If @widget has no parent widgets, it will be
7798 * returned as the topmost widget. No reference will be added to the
7799 * returned widget; it should not be unreferenced.
7801 * Note the difference in behavior vs. gtk_widget_get_ancestor();
7802 * <literal>gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_WINDOW)</literal>
7804 * %NULL if @widget wasn't inside a toplevel window, and if the
7805 * window was inside a #GtkWindow-derived widget which was in turn
7806 * inside the toplevel #GtkWindow. While the second case may
7807 * seem unlikely, it actually happens when a #GtkPlug is embedded
7808 * inside a #GtkSocket within the same application.
7810 * To reliably find the toplevel #GtkWindow, use
7811 * gtk_widget_get_toplevel() and check if the %TOPLEVEL flags
7812 * is set on the result.
7814 * GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
7815 * if (GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (toplevel))
7817 * /* Perform action on toplevel. */
7821 * Return value: the topmost ancestor of @widget, or @widget itself
7822 * if there's no ancestor.
7825 gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget)
7827 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
7829 while (widget->parent)
7830 widget = widget->parent;
7836 * gtk_widget_get_ancestor:
7837 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7838 * @widget_type: ancestor type
7840 * Gets the first ancestor of @widget with type @widget_type. For example,
7841 * <literal>gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_BOX)</literal> gets
7842 * the first #GtkBox that's an ancestor of @widget. No reference will be
7843 * added to the returned widget; it should not be unreferenced. See note
7844 * about checking for a toplevel #GtkWindow in the docs for
7845 * gtk_widget_get_toplevel().
7847 * Note that unlike gtk_widget_is_ancestor(), gtk_widget_get_ancestor()
7848 * considers @widget to be an ancestor of itself.
7850 * Return value: the ancestor widget, or %NULL if not found
7853 gtk_widget_get_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
7856 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
7858 while (widget && !g_type_is_a (GTK_WIDGET_TYPE (widget), widget_type))
7859 widget = widget->parent;
7861 if (!(widget && g_type_is_a (GTK_WIDGET_TYPE (widget), widget_type)))
7868 * gtk_widget_get_colormap:
7869 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7871 * Gets the colormap that will be used to render @widget. No reference will
7872 * be added to the returned colormap; it should not be unreferenced.
7874 * Return value: the colormap used by @widget
7877 gtk_widget_get_colormap (GtkWidget *widget)
7879 GdkColormap *colormap;
7880 GtkWidget *tmp_widget;
7882 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
7886 colormap = gdk_drawable_get_colormap (widget->window);
7887 /* If window was destroyed previously, we'll get NULL here */
7892 tmp_widget = widget;
7895 colormap = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (tmp_widget), quark_colormap);
7899 tmp_widget= tmp_widget->parent;
7902 return gdk_screen_get_default_colormap (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
7906 * gtk_widget_get_visual:
7907 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7909 * Gets the visual that will be used to render @widget.
7911 * Return value: the visual for @widget
7914 gtk_widget_get_visual (GtkWidget *widget)
7916 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
7918 return gdk_colormap_get_visual (gtk_widget_get_colormap (widget));
7922 * gtk_widget_get_settings:
7923 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7925 * Gets the settings object holding the settings (global property
7926 * settings, RC file information, etc) used for this widget.
7928 * Note that this function can only be called when the #GtkWidget
7929 * is attached to a toplevel, since the settings object is specific
7930 * to a particular #GdkScreen.
7932 * Return value: the relevant #GtkSettings object
7935 gtk_widget_get_settings (GtkWidget *widget)
7937 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
7939 return gtk_settings_get_for_screen (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
7943 * gtk_widget_set_colormap:
7944 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7945 * @colormap: a colormap
7947 * Sets the colormap for the widget to the given value. Widget must not
7948 * have been previously realized. This probably should only be used
7949 * from an <function>init()</function> function (i.e. from the constructor
7953 gtk_widget_set_colormap (GtkWidget *widget,
7954 GdkColormap *colormap)
7956 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7957 g_return_if_fail (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget));
7958 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_COLORMAP (colormap));
7960 g_object_ref (colormap);
7962 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
7969 * gtk_widget_get_events:
7970 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7972 * Returns the event mask for the widget (a bitfield containing flags
7973 * from the #GdkEventMask enumeration). These are the events that the widget
7976 * Return value: event mask for @widget
7979 gtk_widget_get_events (GtkWidget *widget)
7981 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
7983 return GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask));
7987 * gtk_widget_get_extension_events:
7988 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7990 * Retrieves the extension events the widget will receive; see
7991 * gdk_input_set_extension_events().
7993 * Return value: extension events for @widget
7996 gtk_widget_get_extension_events (GtkWidget *widget)
7998 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
8000 return GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_extension_event_mode));
8004 * gtk_widget_get_pointer:
8005 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8006 * @x: return location for the X coordinate, or %NULL
8007 * @y: return location for the Y coordinate, or %NULL
8009 * Obtains the location of the mouse pointer in widget coordinates.
8010 * Widget coordinates are a bit odd; for historical reasons, they are
8011 * defined as @widget->window coordinates for widgets that are not
8012 * #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets, and are relative to @widget->allocation.x,
8013 * @widget->allocation.y for widgets that are #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets.
8016 gtk_widget_get_pointer (GtkWidget *widget,
8020 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8027 if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
8029 gdk_window_get_pointer (widget->window, x, y, NULL);
8031 if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
8034 *x -= widget->allocation.x;
8036 *y -= widget->allocation.y;
8042 * gtk_widget_is_ancestor:
8043 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8044 * @ancestor: another #GtkWidget
8046 * Determines whether @widget is somewhere inside @ancestor, possibly with
8047 * intermediate containers.
8049 * Return value: %TRUE if @ancestor contains @widget as a child,
8050 * grandchild, great grandchild, etc.
8053 gtk_widget_is_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
8054 GtkWidget *ancestor)
8056 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
8057 g_return_val_if_fail (ancestor != NULL, FALSE);
8061 if (widget->parent == ancestor)
8063 widget = widget->parent;
8069 static GQuark quark_composite_name = 0;
8072 * gtk_widget_set_composite_name:
8073 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
8074 * @name: the name to set
8076 * Sets a widgets composite name. The widget must be
8077 * a composite child of its parent; see gtk_widget_push_composite_child().
8080 gtk_widget_set_composite_name (GtkWidget *widget,
8083 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8084 g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_COMPOSITE_CHILD (widget));
8085 g_return_if_fail (name != NULL);
8087 if (!quark_composite_name)
8088 quark_composite_name = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-composite-name");
8090 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
8091 quark_composite_name,
8097 * gtk_widget_get_composite_name:
8098 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8100 * Obtains the composite name of a widget.
8102 * Returns: the composite name of @widget, or %NULL if @widget is not
8103 * a composite child. The string should be freed when it is no
8107 gtk_widget_get_composite_name (GtkWidget *widget)
8109 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8111 if (GTK_WIDGET_COMPOSITE_CHILD (widget) && widget->parent)
8112 return _gtk_container_child_composite_name (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent),
8119 * gtk_widget_push_composite_child:
8121 * Makes all newly-created widgets as composite children until
8122 * the corresponding gtk_widget_pop_composite_child() call.
8124 * A composite child is a child that's an implementation detail of the
8125 * container it's inside and should not be visible to people using the
8126 * container. Composite children aren't treated differently by GTK (but
8127 * see gtk_container_foreach() vs. gtk_container_forall()), but e.g. GUI
8128 * builders might want to treat them in a different way.
8130 * Here is a simple example:
8132 * gtk_widget_push_composite_child ();
8133 * scrolled_window->hscrollbar = gtk_hscrollbar_new (hadjustment);
8134 * gtk_widget_set_composite_name (scrolled_window->hscrollbar, "hscrollbar");
8135 * gtk_widget_pop_composite_child ();
8136 * gtk_widget_set_parent (scrolled_window->hscrollbar,
8137 * GTK_WIDGET (scrolled_window));
8138 * g_object_ref (scrolled_window->hscrollbar);
8142 gtk_widget_push_composite_child (void)
8144 composite_child_stack++;
8148 * gtk_widget_pop_composite_child:
8150 * Cancels the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_push_composite_child().
8153 gtk_widget_pop_composite_child (void)
8155 if (composite_child_stack)
8156 composite_child_stack--;
8160 * gtk_widget_push_colormap:
8161 * @cmap: a #GdkColormap
8163 * Pushes @cmap onto a global stack of colormaps; the topmost
8164 * colormap on the stack will be used to create all widgets.
8165 * Remove @cmap with gtk_widget_pop_colormap(). There's little
8166 * reason to use this function.
8169 gtk_widget_push_colormap (GdkColormap *cmap)
8171 g_return_if_fail (!cmap || GDK_IS_COLORMAP (cmap));
8173 colormap_stack = g_slist_prepend (colormap_stack, cmap);
8177 * gtk_widget_pop_colormap:
8179 * Removes a colormap pushed with gtk_widget_push_colormap().
8182 gtk_widget_pop_colormap (void)
8185 colormap_stack = g_slist_delete_link (colormap_stack, colormap_stack);
8189 * gtk_widget_set_default_colormap:
8190 * @colormap: a #GdkColormap
8192 * Sets the default colormap to use when creating widgets.
8193 * gtk_widget_push_colormap() is a better function to use if
8194 * you only want to affect a few widgets, rather than all widgets.
8197 gtk_widget_set_default_colormap (GdkColormap *colormap)
8199 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_COLORMAP (colormap));
8201 gdk_screen_set_default_colormap (gdk_colormap_get_screen (colormap),
8206 * gtk_widget_get_default_colormap:
8208 * Obtains the default colormap used to create widgets.
8210 * Return value: default widget colormap
8213 gtk_widget_get_default_colormap (void)
8215 return gdk_screen_get_default_colormap (gdk_screen_get_default ());
8219 * gtk_widget_get_default_visual:
8221 * Obtains the visual of the default colormap. Not really useful;
8222 * used to be useful before gdk_colormap_get_visual() existed.
8224 * Return value: visual of the default colormap
8227 gtk_widget_get_default_visual (void)
8229 return gdk_colormap_get_visual (gtk_widget_get_default_colormap ());
8233 gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
8234 GtkTextDirection old_dir)
8236 gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
8238 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED], 0, old_dir);
8242 * gtk_widget_set_direction:
8243 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8244 * @dir: the new direction
8246 * Sets the reading direction on a particular widget. This direction
8247 * controls the primary direction for widgets containing text,
8248 * and also the direction in which the children of a container are
8249 * packed. The ability to set the direction is present in order
8250 * so that correct localization into languages with right-to-left
8251 * reading directions can be done. Generally, applications will
8252 * let the default reading direction present, except for containers
8253 * where the containers are arranged in an order that is explicitely
8254 * visual rather than logical (such as buttons for text justification).
8256 * If the direction is set to %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE, then the value
8257 * set by gtk_widget_set_default_direction() will be used.
8260 gtk_widget_set_direction (GtkWidget *widget,
8261 GtkTextDirection dir)
8263 GtkTextDirection old_dir;
8265 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8266 g_return_if_fail (dir >= GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE && dir <= GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL);
8268 old_dir = gtk_widget_get_direction (widget);
8270 if (dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE)
8271 GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_DIRECTION_SET);
8274 GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_DIRECTION_SET);
8275 if (dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR)
8276 GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_DIRECTION_LTR);
8278 GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_DIRECTION_LTR);
8281 if (old_dir != gtk_widget_get_direction (widget))
8282 gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (widget, old_dir);
8286 * gtk_widget_get_direction:
8287 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8289 * Gets the reading direction for a particular widget. See
8290 * gtk_widget_set_direction().
8292 * Return value: the reading direction for the widget.
8295 gtk_widget_get_direction (GtkWidget *widget)
8297 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR);
8299 if (GTK_WIDGET_DIRECTION_SET (widget))
8300 return GTK_WIDGET_DIRECTION_LTR (widget) ? GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR : GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL;
8302 return gtk_default_direction;
8306 gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
8308 GtkTextDirection old_dir = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (data);
8310 g_object_ref (widget);
8312 if (!GTK_WIDGET_DIRECTION_SET (widget))
8313 gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (widget, old_dir);
8315 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8316 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8317 gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse,
8320 g_object_unref (widget);
8324 * gtk_widget_set_default_direction:
8325 * @dir: the new default direction. This cannot be
8326 * %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE.
8328 * Sets the default reading direction for widgets where the
8329 * direction has not been explicitly set by gtk_widget_set_direction().
8332 gtk_widget_set_default_direction (GtkTextDirection dir)
8334 g_return_if_fail (dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL || dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR);
8336 if (dir != gtk_default_direction)
8338 GList *toplevels, *tmp_list;
8339 GtkTextDirection old_dir = gtk_default_direction;
8341 gtk_default_direction = dir;
8343 tmp_list = toplevels = gtk_window_list_toplevels ();
8344 g_list_foreach (toplevels, (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL);
8348 gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (tmp_list->data,
8349 GUINT_TO_POINTER (old_dir));
8350 g_object_unref (tmp_list->data);
8351 tmp_list = tmp_list->next;
8354 g_list_free (toplevels);
8359 * gtk_widget_get_default_direction:
8361 * Obtains the current default reading direction. See
8362 * gtk_widget_set_default_direction().
8364 * Return value: the current default direction.
8367 gtk_widget_get_default_direction (void)
8369 return gtk_default_direction;
8373 gtk_widget_dispose (GObject *object)
8375 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
8378 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent), widget);
8379 else if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
8380 gtk_widget_hide (widget);
8382 GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_VISIBLE);
8383 if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
8384 gtk_widget_unrealize (widget);
8386 G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->dispose (object);
8390 gtk_widget_real_destroy (GtkObject *object)
8392 /* gtk_object_destroy() will already hold a refcount on object */
8393 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
8395 /* wipe accelerator closures (keep order) */
8396 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path, NULL);
8397 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures, NULL);
8399 /* Callers of add_mnemonic_label() should disconnect on ::destroy */
8400 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels, NULL);
8402 gtk_grab_remove (widget);
8404 g_object_unref (widget->style);
8405 widget->style = gtk_widget_get_default_style ();
8406 g_object_ref (widget->style);
8408 GTK_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->destroy (object);
8412 gtk_widget_finalize (GObject *object)
8414 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
8415 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
8416 GtkAccessible *accessible;
8418 gtk_grab_remove (widget);
8420 g_object_unref (widget->style);
8421 widget->style = NULL;
8423 g_free (widget->name);
8425 aux_info =_gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
8427 gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (aux_info);
8429 accessible = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accessible_object);
8431 g_object_unref (accessible);
8433 G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->finalize (object);
8436 /*****************************************
8437 * gtk_widget_real_map:
8442 *****************************************/
8445 gtk_widget_real_map (GtkWidget *widget)
8447 g_assert (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget));
8449 if (!GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
8451 GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_MAPPED);
8453 if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
8454 gdk_window_show (widget->window);
8458 /*****************************************
8459 * gtk_widget_real_unmap:
8464 *****************************************/
8467 gtk_widget_real_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
8469 if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
8471 GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_MAPPED);
8473 if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
8474 gdk_window_hide (widget->window);
8478 /*****************************************
8479 * gtk_widget_real_realize:
8484 *****************************************/
8487 gtk_widget_real_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
8489 g_assert (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget));
8491 GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_REALIZED);
8494 widget->window = gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget);
8495 g_object_ref (widget->window);
8497 widget->style = gtk_style_attach (widget->style, widget->window);
8500 /*****************************************
8501 * gtk_widget_real_unrealize:
8506 *****************************************/
8509 gtk_widget_real_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget)
8511 if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
8512 gtk_widget_real_unmap (widget);
8514 GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_MAPPED);
8516 /* printf ("unrealizing %s\n", g_type_name (G_TYPE_FROM_INSTANCE (widget)));
8519 /* We must do unrealize child widget BEFORE container widget.
8520 * gdk_window_destroy() destroys specified xwindow and its sub-xwindows.
8521 * So, unrealizing container widget bofore its children causes the problem
8522 * (for example, gdk_ic_destroy () with destroyed window causes crash. )
8525 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8526 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8527 (GtkCallback) gtk_widget_unrealize,
8530 gtk_style_detach (widget->style);
8531 if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
8533 gdk_window_set_user_data (widget->window, NULL);
8534 gdk_window_destroy (widget->window);
8535 widget->window = NULL;
8539 g_object_unref (widget->window);
8540 widget->window = NULL;
8543 gtk_selection_remove_all (widget);
8545 GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_REALIZED);
8549 gtk_widget_real_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
8550 GtkRequisition *requisition)
8552 requisition->width = widget->requisition.width;
8553 requisition->height = widget->requisition.height;
8557 * _gtk_widget_peek_colormap:
8559 * Returns colormap currently pushed by gtk_widget_push_colormap, if any.
8561 * Return value: the currently pushed colormap, or %NULL if there is none.
8564 _gtk_widget_peek_colormap (void)
8567 return (GdkColormap*) colormap_stack->data;
8572 * _gtk_widget_set_pointer_window:
8573 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
8574 * @pointer_window: the new pointer window.
8576 * Sets pointer window for @widget. Does not ref @pointer_window.
8577 * Actually stores it on the #GdkScreen, but you don't need to know that.
8580 _gtk_widget_set_pointer_window (GtkWidget *widget,
8581 GdkWindow *pointer_window)
8583 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8585 if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
8587 GdkScreen *screen = gdk_drawable_get_screen (widget->window);
8589 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (screen), quark_pointer_window,
8595 * _gtk_widget_get_pointer_window:
8596 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
8598 * Return value: the pointer window set on the #GdkScreen @widget is attached
8602 _gtk_widget_get_pointer_window (GtkWidget *widget)
8604 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8606 if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
8608 GdkScreen *screen = gdk_drawable_get_screen (widget->window);
8610 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (screen), quark_pointer_window);
8617 synth_crossing (GtkWidget *widget,
8620 GdkCrossingMode mode,
8621 GdkNotifyType detail)
8625 event = gdk_event_new (type);
8627 event->crossing.window = g_object_ref (window);
8628 event->crossing.send_event = TRUE;
8629 event->crossing.subwindow = g_object_ref (window);
8630 event->crossing.time = GDK_CURRENT_TIME;
8631 event->crossing.x = event->crossing.y = 0;
8632 event->crossing.x_root = event->crossing.y_root = 0;
8633 event->crossing.mode = mode;
8634 event->crossing.detail = detail;
8635 event->crossing.focus = FALSE;
8636 event->crossing.state = 0;
8639 widget = gtk_get_event_widget (event);
8642 gtk_widget_event_internal (widget, event);
8644 gdk_event_free (event);
8648 * _gtk_widget_is_pointer_widget:
8649 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8651 * Returns %TRUE if the pointer window belongs to @widget.
8654 _gtk_widget_is_pointer_widget (GtkWidget *widget)
8656 if (GTK_WIDGET_HAS_POINTER (widget))
8661 win = _gtk_widget_get_pointer_window (widget);
8664 gdk_window_get_user_data (win, (gpointer *)&wid);
8674 * _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing:
8675 * @from: the #GtkWidget the virtual pointer is leaving.
8676 * @to: the #GtkWidget the virtual pointer is moving to.
8677 * @mode: the #GdkCrossingMode to place on the synthesized events.
8679 * Generate crossing event(s) on widget state (sensitivity) or GTK+ grab change.
8681 * The real pointer window is the window that most recently received an enter notify
8682 * event. Windows that don't select for crossing events can't become the real
8683 * poiner window. The real pointer widget that owns the real pointer window. The
8684 * effective pointer window is the same as the real pointer window unless the real
8685 * pointer widget is either insensitive or there is a grab on a widget that is not
8686 * an ancestor of the real pointer widget (in which case the effective pointer
8687 * window should be the root window).
8689 * When the effective pointer window is the same as the real poiner window, we
8690 * receive crossing events from the windowing system. When the effective pointer
8691 * window changes to become different from the real pointer window we synthesize
8692 * crossing events, attempting to follow X protocol rules:
8694 * When the root window becomes the effective pointer window:
8695 * - leave notify on real pointer window, detail Ancestor
8696 * - leave notify on all of its ancestors, detail Virtual
8697 * - enter notify on root window, detail Inferior
8699 * When the root window ceases to be the effective pointer window:
8700 * - leave notify on root window, detail Inferior
8701 * - enter notify on all ancestors of real pointer window, detail Virtual
8702 * - enter notify on real pointer window, detail Ancestor
8705 _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (GtkWidget *from,
8707 GdkCrossingMode mode)
8709 GdkWindow *from_window = NULL, *to_window = NULL;
8711 g_return_if_fail (from != NULL || to != NULL);
8714 from_window = GTK_WIDGET_HAS_POINTER (from)
8715 ? _gtk_widget_get_pointer_window (from) : from->window;
8717 to_window = GTK_WIDGET_HAS_POINTER (to)
8718 ? _gtk_widget_get_pointer_window (to) : to->window;
8720 if (from_window == NULL && to_window == NULL)
8722 else if (from_window != NULL && to_window == NULL)
8724 GList *from_ancestors = NULL, *list;
8725 GdkWindow *from_ancestor = from_window;
8727 while (from_ancestor != NULL)
8729 from_ancestor = gdk_window_get_parent (from_ancestor);
8730 if (from_ancestor == NULL)
8732 from_ancestors = g_list_prepend (from_ancestors, from_ancestor);
8735 synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
8736 mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
8737 for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
8739 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
8740 mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
8743 /* XXX: enter/inferior on root window? */
8745 g_list_free (from_ancestors);
8747 else if (from_window == NULL && to_window != NULL)
8749 GList *to_ancestors = NULL, *list;
8750 GdkWindow *to_ancestor = to_window;
8752 while (to_ancestor != NULL)
8754 to_ancestor = gdk_window_get_parent (to_ancestor);
8755 if (to_ancestor == NULL)
8757 to_ancestors = g_list_prepend (to_ancestors, to_ancestor);
8760 /* XXX: leave/inferior on root window? */
8762 for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
8764 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
8765 mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
8767 synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
8768 mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
8770 g_list_free (to_ancestors);
8772 else if (from_window == to_window)
8776 GList *from_ancestors = NULL, *to_ancestors = NULL, *list;
8777 GdkWindow *from_ancestor = from_window, *to_ancestor = to_window;
8779 while (from_ancestor != NULL || to_ancestor != NULL)
8781 if (from_ancestor != NULL)
8783 from_ancestor = gdk_window_get_parent (from_ancestor);
8784 if (from_ancestor == to_window)
8787 from_ancestors = g_list_prepend (from_ancestors, from_ancestor);
8789 if (to_ancestor != NULL)
8791 to_ancestor = gdk_window_get_parent (to_ancestor);
8792 if (to_ancestor == from_window)
8795 to_ancestors = g_list_prepend (to_ancestors, to_ancestor);
8798 if (to_ancestor == from_window)
8800 if (mode != GDK_CROSSING_GTK_UNGRAB)
8801 synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
8802 mode, GDK_NOTIFY_INFERIOR);
8803 for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
8804 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
8805 mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
8806 synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
8807 mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
8809 else if (from_ancestor == to_window)
8811 synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
8812 mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
8813 for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
8815 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
8816 mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
8818 if (mode != GDK_CROSSING_GTK_GRAB)
8819 synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
8820 mode, GDK_NOTIFY_INFERIOR);
8824 while (from_ancestors != NULL && to_ancestors != NULL
8825 && from_ancestors->data == to_ancestors->data)
8827 from_ancestors = g_list_delete_link (from_ancestors,
8829 to_ancestors = g_list_delete_link (to_ancestors, to_ancestors);
8832 synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
8833 mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR);
8835 for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
8837 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
8838 mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR_VIRTUAL);
8840 for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
8842 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
8843 mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR_VIRTUAL);
8845 synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
8846 mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR);
8848 g_list_free (from_ancestors);
8849 g_list_free (to_ancestors);
8854 gtk_widget_propagate_state (GtkWidget *widget,
8857 guint8 old_state = GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget);
8858 guint8 old_saved_state = GTK_WIDGET_SAVED_STATE (widget);
8860 /* don't call this function with state==GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE,
8861 * parent_sensitive==TRUE on a sensitive widget
8865 if (data->parent_sensitive)
8866 GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_PARENT_SENSITIVE);
8868 GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_PARENT_SENSITIVE);
8870 if (GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget))
8872 if (data->state_restoration)
8873 GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget) = GTK_WIDGET_SAVED_STATE (widget);
8875 GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget) = data->state;
8879 if (!data->state_restoration)
8881 if (data->state != GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE)
8882 GTK_WIDGET_SAVED_STATE (widget) = data->state;
8884 else if (GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget) != GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE)
8885 GTK_WIDGET_SAVED_STATE (widget) = GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget);
8886 GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget) = GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE;
8889 if (gtk_widget_is_focus (widget) && !GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget))
8893 window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
8894 if (window && GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (window))
8895 gtk_window_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (window), NULL);
8898 if (old_state != GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget) ||
8899 old_saved_state != GTK_WIDGET_SAVED_STATE (widget))
8901 g_object_ref (widget);
8903 if (!GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget) && GTK_WIDGET_HAS_GRAB (widget))
8904 gtk_grab_remove (widget);
8906 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STATE_CHANGED], 0, old_state);
8908 if (GTK_WIDGET_HAS_POINTER (widget) && !GTK_WIDGET_SHADOWED (widget))
8910 if (!GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget))
8911 _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (widget, NULL,
8912 GDK_CROSSING_STATE_CHANGED);
8913 else if (old_state == GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE)
8914 _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (NULL, widget,
8915 GDK_CROSSING_STATE_CHANGED);
8918 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8920 data->parent_sensitive = (GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget) != FALSE);
8921 if (data->use_forall)
8922 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8923 (GtkCallback) gtk_widget_propagate_state,
8926 gtk_container_foreach (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8927 (GtkCallback) gtk_widget_propagate_state,
8930 g_object_unref (widget);
8935 * _gtk_widget_get_aux_info:
8936 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8937 * @create: if %TRUE, create the structure if it doesn't exist
8939 * Get the #GtkWidgetAuxInfo structure for the widget.
8941 * Return value: the #GtkAuxInfo structure for the widget, or
8942 * %NULL if @create is %FALSE and one doesn't already exist.
8945 _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (GtkWidget *widget,
8948 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
8950 aux_info = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_aux_info);
8951 if (!aux_info && create)
8953 aux_info = g_slice_new (GtkWidgetAuxInfo);
8955 aux_info->width = -1;
8956 aux_info->height = -1;
8959 aux_info->x_set = FALSE;
8960 aux_info->y_set = FALSE;
8961 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_aux_info, aux_info);
8967 /*****************************************
8968 * gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy:
8973 *****************************************/
8976 gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info)
8978 g_slice_free (GtkWidgetAuxInfo, aux_info);
8982 gtk_widget_shape_info_destroy (GtkWidgetShapeInfo *info)
8984 g_object_unref (info->shape_mask);
8985 g_slice_free (GtkWidgetShapeInfo, info);
8989 * gtk_widget_shape_combine_mask:
8990 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8991 * @shape_mask: shape to be added, or %NULL to remove an existing shape
8992 * @offset_x: X position of shape mask with respect to @window
8993 * @offset_y: Y position of shape mask with respect to @window
8995 * Sets a shape for this widget's GDK window. This allows for
8996 * transparent windows etc., see gdk_window_shape_combine_mask()
8997 * for more information.
9000 gtk_widget_shape_combine_mask (GtkWidget *widget,
9001 GdkBitmap *shape_mask,
9005 GtkWidgetShapeInfo* shape_info;
9007 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9008 /* set_shape doesn't work on widgets without gdk window */
9009 g_return_if_fail (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget));
9013 GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_HAS_SHAPE_MASK);
9016 gdk_window_shape_combine_mask (widget->window, NULL, 0, 0);
9018 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info, NULL);
9022 GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_HAS_SHAPE_MASK);
9024 shape_info = g_slice_new (GtkWidgetShapeInfo);
9025 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info, shape_info,
9026 (GDestroyNotify) gtk_widget_shape_info_destroy);
9028 shape_info->shape_mask = g_object_ref (shape_mask);
9029 shape_info->offset_x = offset_x;
9030 shape_info->offset_y = offset_y;
9032 /* set shape if widget has a gdk window already.
9033 * otherwise the shape is scheduled to be set by gtk_widget_realize().
9036 gdk_window_shape_combine_mask (widget->window, shape_mask,
9037 offset_x, offset_y);
9042 * gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_mask:
9043 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9044 * @shape_mask: shape to be added, or %NULL to remove an existing shape
9045 * @offset_x: X position of shape mask with respect to @window
9046 * @offset_y: Y position of shape mask with respect to @window
9048 * Sets an input shape for this widget's GDK window. This allows for
9049 * windows which react to mouse click in a nonrectangular region, see
9050 * gdk_window_input_shape_combine_mask() for more information.
9055 gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_mask (GtkWidget *widget,
9056 GdkBitmap *shape_mask,
9060 GtkWidgetShapeInfo* shape_info;
9062 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9063 /* set_shape doesn't work on widgets without gdk window */
9064 g_return_if_fail (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget));
9069 gdk_window_input_shape_combine_mask (widget->window, NULL, 0, 0);
9071 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info, NULL);
9075 shape_info = g_slice_new (GtkWidgetShapeInfo);
9076 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info,
9078 (GDestroyNotify) gtk_widget_shape_info_destroy);
9080 shape_info->shape_mask = g_object_ref (shape_mask);
9081 shape_info->offset_x = offset_x;
9082 shape_info->offset_y = offset_y;
9084 /* set shape if widget has a gdk window already.
9085 * otherwise the shape is scheduled to be set by gtk_widget_realize().
9088 gdk_window_input_shape_combine_mask (widget->window, shape_mask,
9089 offset_x, offset_y);
9095 gtk_reset_shapes_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
9101 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &data);
9105 gdk_window_shape_combine_mask (window, NULL, 0, 0);
9106 for (list = gdk_window_peek_children (window); list; list = list->next)
9107 gtk_reset_shapes_recurse (widget, list->data);
9111 * gtk_widget_reset_shapes:
9112 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9114 * Recursively resets the shape on this widget and its descendants.
9117 gtk_widget_reset_shapes (GtkWidget *widget)
9119 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9120 g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget));
9122 if (!GTK_WIDGET_HAS_SHAPE_MASK (widget))
9123 gtk_reset_shapes_recurse (widget, widget->window);
9128 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9130 * Adds a reference to a widget. This function is exactly the same
9131 * as calling g_object_ref(), and exists mostly for historical
9132 * reasons. It can still be convenient to avoid casting a widget
9133 * to a #GObject, it saves a small amount of typing.
9135 * Return value: the widget that was referenced
9137 * Deprecated: 2.12: Use g_object_ref() instead.
9140 gtk_widget_ref (GtkWidget *widget)
9142 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9144 return (GtkWidget*) g_object_ref ((GObject*) widget);
9149 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9151 * Inverse of gtk_widget_ref(). Equivalent to g_object_unref().
9153 * Deprecated: 2.12: Use g_object_unref() instead.
9156 gtk_widget_unref (GtkWidget *widget)
9158 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9160 g_object_unref ((GObject*) widget);
9164 expose_window (GdkWindow *window)
9167 GList *l, *children;
9169 gboolean is_double_buffered;
9171 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
9174 is_double_buffered = GTK_WIDGET_DOUBLE_BUFFERED (GTK_WIDGET (user_data));
9176 is_double_buffered = FALSE;
9178 event.expose.type = GDK_EXPOSE;
9179 event.expose.window = g_object_ref (window);
9180 event.expose.send_event = FALSE;
9181 event.expose.count = 0;
9182 event.expose.area.x = 0;
9183 event.expose.area.y = 0;
9184 gdk_drawable_get_size (GDK_DRAWABLE (window),
9185 &event.expose.area.width,
9186 &event.expose.area.height);
9187 event.expose.region = gdk_region_rectangle (&event.expose.area);
9189 /* If this is not double buffered, force a double buffer so that
9190 redirection works. */
9191 if (!is_double_buffered)
9192 gdk_window_begin_paint_region (window, event.expose.region);
9194 gtk_main_do_event (&event);
9196 if (!is_double_buffered)
9197 gdk_window_end_paint (window);
9199 children = gdk_window_peek_children (window);
9200 for (l = children; l != NULL; l = l->next)
9202 GdkWindow *child = l->data;
9204 /* Don't expose input-only windows */
9205 if (gdk_drawable_get_depth (GDK_DRAWABLE (child)) != 0)
9206 expose_window (l->data);
9209 g_object_unref (window);
9213 * gtk_widget_get_snapshot:
9214 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9215 * @clip_rect: a #GdkRectangle or %NULL
9217 * Create a #GdkPixmap of the contents of the widget and its children.
9219 * Works even if the widget is obscured. The depth and visual of the
9220 * resulting pixmap is dependent on the widget being snapshot and likely
9221 * differs from those of a target widget displaying the pixmap.
9222 * The function gdk_pixbuf_get_from_drawable() can be used to convert
9223 * the pixmap to a visual independant representation.
9225 * The snapshot area used by this function is the @widget's allocation plus
9226 * any extra space occupied by additional windows belonging to this widget
9227 * (such as the arrows of a spin button).
9228 * Thus, the resulting snapshot pixmap is possibly larger than the allocation.
9230 * If @clip_rect is non-%NULL, the resulting pixmap is shrunken to
9231 * match the specified clip_rect. The (x,y) coordinates of @clip_rect are
9232 * interpreted widget relative. If width or height of @clip_rect are 0 or
9233 * negative, the width or height of the resulting pixmap will be shrunken
9234 * by the respective amount.
9235 * For instance a @clip_rect <literal>{ +5, +5, -10, -10 }</literal> will
9236 * chop off 5 pixels at each side of the snapshot pixmap.
9237 * If non-%NULL, @clip_rect will contain the exact widget-relative snapshot
9238 * coordinates upon return. A @clip_rect of <literal>{ -1, -1, 0, 0 }</literal>
9239 * can be used to preserve the auto-grown snapshot area and use @clip_rect
9240 * as a pure output parameter.
9242 * The returned pixmap can be %NULL, if the resulting @clip_area was empty.
9244 * Return value: #GdkPixmap snapshot of the widget
9249 gtk_widget_get_snapshot (GtkWidget *widget,
9250 GdkRectangle *clip_rect)
9252 int x, y, width, height;
9253 GdkWindow *parent_window = NULL;
9255 GList *windows = NULL, *list;
9257 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9258 if (!GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
9261 /* the widget (and parent_window) must be realized to be drawable */
9262 if (widget->parent && !GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget->parent))
9263 gtk_widget_realize (widget->parent);
9264 if (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
9265 gtk_widget_realize (widget);
9267 /* determine snapshot rectangle */
9268 x = widget->allocation.x;
9269 y = widget->allocation.y;
9270 width = widget->allocation.width;
9271 height = widget->allocation.height;
9273 if (widget->parent && !GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
9275 /* grow snapshot rectangle to cover all widget windows */
9276 parent_window = gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget);
9277 for (list = gdk_window_peek_children (parent_window); list; list = list->next)
9279 GdkWindow *subwin = list->data;
9282 gdk_window_get_user_data (subwin, &windata);
9283 if (windata != widget)
9285 windows = g_list_prepend (windows, subwin);
9286 gdk_window_get_position (subwin, &wx, &wy);
9287 gdk_drawable_get_size (subwin, &ww, &wh);
9288 /* grow snapshot rectangle by extra widget sub window */
9299 if (x + width < wx + ww)
9300 width += wx + ww - (x + width);
9301 if (y + height < wy + wh)
9302 height += wy + wh - (y + height);
9305 else if (!widget->parent)
9306 x = y = 0; /* toplevel */
9308 /* at this point, (x,y,width,height) is the parent_window relative
9309 * snapshot area covering all of widget's windows.
9312 /* shrink snapshot size by clip_rectangle */
9315 GdkRectangle snap = { x, y, width, height }, clip = *clip_rect;
9316 clip.x = clip.x < 0 ? x : clip.x;
9317 clip.y = clip.y < 0 ? y : clip.y;
9318 clip.width = clip.width <= 0 ? MAX (0, width + clip.width) : clip.width;
9319 clip.height = clip.height <= 0 ? MAX (0, height + clip.height) : clip.height;
9322 /* offset clip_rect, so it's parent_window relative */
9323 if (clip_rect->x >= 0)
9324 clip.x += widget->allocation.x;
9325 if (clip_rect->y >= 0)
9326 clip.y += widget->allocation.y;
9328 if (!gdk_rectangle_intersect (&snap, &clip, &snap))
9330 g_list_free (windows);
9331 clip_rect->width = clip_rect->height = 0;
9332 return NULL; /* empty snapshot area */
9337 height = snap.height;
9340 /* render snapshot */
9341 pixmap = gdk_pixmap_new (widget->window, width, height, gdk_drawable_get_depth (widget->window));
9342 for (list = windows; list; list = list->next) /* !NO_WINDOW widgets */
9344 GdkWindow *subwin = list->data;
9346 if (gdk_drawable_get_depth (GDK_DRAWABLE (subwin)) == 0)
9347 continue; /* Input only window */
9348 gdk_window_get_position (subwin, &wx, &wy);
9349 gdk_window_redirect_to_drawable (subwin, pixmap, MAX (0, x - wx), MAX (0, y - wy),
9350 MAX (0, wx - x), MAX (0, wy - y), width, height);
9352 expose_window (subwin);
9354 if (!windows) /* NO_WINDOW || toplevel => parent_window == NULL || parent_window == widget->window */
9356 gdk_window_redirect_to_drawable (widget->window, pixmap, x, y, 0, 0, width, height);
9357 expose_window (widget->window);
9359 for (list = windows; list; list = list->next)
9360 gdk_window_remove_redirection (list->data);
9361 if (!windows) /* NO_WINDOW || toplevel */
9362 gdk_window_remove_redirection (widget->window);
9363 g_list_free (windows);
9365 /* return pixmap and snapshot rectangle coordinates */
9370 clip_rect->width = width;
9371 clip_rect->height = height;
9374 /* offset clip_rect from parent_window so it's widget relative */
9375 clip_rect->x -= widget->allocation.x;
9376 clip_rect->y -= widget->allocation.y;
9379 g_printerr ("gtk_widget_get_snapshot: %s (%d,%d, %dx%d)\n",
9380 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
9381 clip_rect->x, clip_rect->y, clip_rect->width, clip_rect->height);
9390 * gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser:
9391 * @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
9392 * @pspec: the #GParamSpec for the style property
9393 * @parser: the parser for the style property
9395 * Installs a style property on a widget class.
9398 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
9400 GtkRcPropertyParser parser)
9402 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (klass));
9403 g_return_if_fail (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC (pspec));
9404 g_return_if_fail (pspec->flags & G_PARAM_READABLE);
9405 g_return_if_fail (!(pspec->flags & (G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY | G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT)));
9407 if (g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool, pspec->name, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass), FALSE))
9409 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": class `%s' already contains a style property named `%s'",
9410 G_OBJECT_CLASS_NAME (klass),
9415 g_param_spec_ref_sink (pspec);
9416 g_param_spec_set_qdata (pspec, quark_property_parser, (gpointer) parser);
9417 g_param_spec_pool_insert (style_property_spec_pool, pspec, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass));
9421 * gtk_widget_class_install_style_property:
9422 * @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
9423 * @pspec: the #GParamSpec for the property
9425 * Installs a style property on a widget class. The parser for the
9426 * style property is determined by the value type of @pspec.
9429 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
9432 GtkRcPropertyParser parser;
9434 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (klass));
9435 g_return_if_fail (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC (pspec));
9437 parser = _gtk_rc_property_parser_from_type (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec));
9439 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser (klass, pspec, parser);
9443 * gtk_widget_class_find_style_property:
9444 * @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
9445 * @property_name: the name of the style property to find
9446 * @returns: the #GParamSpec of the style property or %NULL if @class has no
9447 * style property with that name.
9449 * Finds a style property of a widget class by name.
9454 gtk_widget_class_find_style_property (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
9455 const gchar *property_name)
9457 g_return_val_if_fail (property_name != NULL, NULL);
9459 return g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
9461 G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass),
9466 * gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties:
9467 * @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
9468 * @n_properties: location to return the number of style properties found
9469 * @returns: an newly allocated array of #GParamSpec*. The array must
9470 * be freed with g_free().
9472 * Returns all style properties of a widget class.
9477 gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
9478 guint *n_properties)
9480 GParamSpec **pspecs;
9483 pspecs = g_param_spec_pool_list (style_property_spec_pool,
9484 G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass),
9493 * gtk_widget_style_get_property:
9494 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9495 * @property_name: the name of a style property
9496 * @value: location to return the property value
9498 * Gets the value of a style property of @widget.
9501 gtk_widget_style_get_property (GtkWidget *widget,
9502 const gchar *property_name,
9507 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9508 g_return_if_fail (property_name != NULL);
9509 g_return_if_fail (G_IS_VALUE (value));
9511 g_object_ref (widget);
9512 pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
9514 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
9517 g_warning ("%s: widget class `%s' has no property named `%s'",
9519 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
9523 const GValue *peek_value;
9525 peek_value = _gtk_style_peek_property_value (widget->style,
9526 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
9528 (GtkRcPropertyParser) g_param_spec_get_qdata (pspec, quark_property_parser));
9530 /* auto-conversion of the caller's value type
9532 if (G_VALUE_TYPE (value) == G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec))
9533 g_value_copy (peek_value, value);
9534 else if (g_value_type_transformable (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec), G_VALUE_TYPE (value)))
9535 g_value_transform (peek_value, value);
9537 g_warning ("can't retrieve style property `%s' of type `%s' as value of type `%s'",
9539 g_type_name (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec)),
9540 G_VALUE_TYPE_NAME (value));
9542 g_object_unref (widget);
9546 * gtk_widget_style_get_valist:
9547 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9548 * @first_property_name: the name of the first property to get
9549 * @var_args: a <type>va_list</type> of pairs of property names and
9550 * locations to return the property values, starting with the location
9551 * for @first_property_name.
9553 * Non-vararg variant of gtk_widget_style_get(). Used primarily by language
9557 gtk_widget_style_get_valist (GtkWidget *widget,
9558 const gchar *first_property_name,
9563 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9565 g_object_ref (widget);
9567 name = first_property_name;
9570 const GValue *peek_value;
9574 pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
9576 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
9580 g_warning ("%s: widget class `%s' has no property named `%s'",
9582 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
9586 /* style pspecs are always readable so we can spare that check here */
9588 peek_value = _gtk_style_peek_property_value (widget->style,
9589 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
9591 (GtkRcPropertyParser) g_param_spec_get_qdata (pspec, quark_property_parser));
9592 G_VALUE_LCOPY (peek_value, var_args, 0, &error);
9595 g_warning ("%s: %s", G_STRLOC, error);
9600 name = va_arg (var_args, gchar*);
9603 g_object_unref (widget);
9607 * gtk_widget_style_get:
9608 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9609 * @first_property_name: the name of the first property to get
9610 * @Varargs: pairs of property names and locations to
9611 * return the property values, starting with the location for
9612 * @first_property_name, terminated by %NULL.
9614 * Gets the values of a multiple style properties of @widget.
9617 gtk_widget_style_get (GtkWidget *widget,
9618 const gchar *first_property_name,
9623 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9625 va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
9626 gtk_widget_style_get_valist (widget, first_property_name, var_args);
9632 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9633 * @path_length: location to store length of the path, or %NULL
9634 * @path: location to store allocated path string, or %NULL
9635 * @path_reversed: location to store allocated reverse path string, or %NULL
9637 * Obtains the full path to @widget. The path is simply the name of a
9638 * widget and all its parents in the container hierarchy, separated by
9639 * periods. The name of a widget comes from
9640 * gtk_widget_get_name(). Paths are used to apply styles to a widget
9641 * in gtkrc configuration files. Widget names are the type of the
9642 * widget by default (e.g. "GtkButton") or can be set to an
9643 * application-specific value with gtk_widget_set_name(). By setting
9644 * the name of a widget, you allow users or theme authors to apply
9645 * styles to that specific widget in their gtkrc
9646 * file. @path_reversed_p fills in the path in reverse order,
9647 * i.e. starting with @widget's name instead of starting with the name
9648 * of @widget's outermost ancestor.
9651 gtk_widget_path (GtkWidget *widget,
9654 gchar **path_reversed)
9656 static gchar *rev_path = NULL;
9657 static guint tmp_path_len = 0;
9660 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9665 const gchar *string;
9670 string = gtk_widget_get_name (widget);
9671 l = strlen (string);
9672 while (tmp_path_len <= len + l + 1)
9674 tmp_path_len += INIT_PATH_SIZE;
9675 rev_path = g_realloc (rev_path, tmp_path_len);
9683 widget = widget->parent;
9686 rev_path[len++] = '.';
9688 rev_path[len++] = 0;
9693 *path_length = len - 1;
9695 *path_reversed = g_strdup (rev_path);
9698 *path = g_strdup (rev_path);
9699 g_strreverse (*path);
9704 * gtk_widget_class_path:
9705 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9706 * @path_length: location to store the length of the class path, or %NULL
9707 * @path: location to store the class path as an allocated string, or %NULL
9708 * @path_reversed: location to store the reverse class path as an allocated
9711 * Same as gtk_widget_path(), but always uses the name of a widget's type,
9712 * never uses a custom name set with gtk_widget_set_name().
9716 gtk_widget_class_path (GtkWidget *widget,
9719 gchar **path_reversed)
9721 static gchar *rev_path = NULL;
9722 static guint tmp_path_len = 0;
9725 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9730 const gchar *string;
9735 string = g_type_name (GTK_WIDGET_TYPE (widget));
9736 l = strlen (string);
9737 while (tmp_path_len <= len + l + 1)
9739 tmp_path_len += INIT_PATH_SIZE;
9740 rev_path = g_realloc (rev_path, tmp_path_len);
9748 widget = widget->parent;
9751 rev_path[len++] = '.';
9753 rev_path[len++] = 0;
9758 *path_length = len - 1;
9760 *path_reversed = g_strdup (rev_path);
9763 *path = g_strdup (rev_path);
9764 g_strreverse (*path);
9769 * gtk_requisition_copy:
9770 * @requisition: a #GtkRequisition
9772 * Copies a #GtkRequisition.
9774 * Returns: a copy of @requisition
9777 gtk_requisition_copy (const GtkRequisition *requisition)
9779 return (GtkRequisition *)g_memdup (requisition, sizeof (GtkRequisition));
9783 * gtk_requisition_free:
9784 * @requisition: a #GtkRequisition
9786 * Frees a #GtkRequisition.
9789 gtk_requisition_free (GtkRequisition *requisition)
9791 g_free (requisition);
9795 gtk_requisition_get_type (void)
9797 static GType our_type = 0;
9800 our_type = g_boxed_type_register_static (I_("GtkRequisition"),
9801 (GBoxedCopyFunc) gtk_requisition_copy,
9802 (GBoxedFreeFunc) gtk_requisition_free);
9808 * gtk_widget_get_accessible:
9809 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9811 * Returns the accessible object that describes the widget to an
9812 * assistive technology.
9814 * If no accessibility library is loaded (i.e. no ATK implementation library is
9815 * loaded via <envar>GTK_MODULES</envar> or via another application library,
9816 * such as libgnome), then this #AtkObject instance may be a no-op. Likewise,
9817 * if no class-specific #AtkObject implementation is available for the widget
9818 * instance in question, it will inherit an #AtkObject implementation from the
9819 * first ancestor class for which such an implementation is defined.
9821 * The documentation of the <ulink url="http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/atk/index.html">ATK</ulink>
9822 * library contains more information about accessible objects and their uses.
9824 * Returns: the #AtkObject associated with @widget
9827 gtk_widget_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
9829 GtkWidgetClass *klass;
9831 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9833 klass = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
9835 g_return_val_if_fail (klass->get_accessible != NULL, NULL);
9837 return klass->get_accessible (widget);
9841 gtk_widget_real_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
9843 AtkObject* accessible;
9845 accessible = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
9846 quark_accessible_object);
9849 AtkObjectFactory *factory;
9850 AtkRegistry *default_registry;
9852 default_registry = atk_get_default_registry ();
9853 factory = atk_registry_get_factory (default_registry,
9854 G_TYPE_FROM_INSTANCE (widget));
9856 atk_object_factory_create_accessible (factory,
9858 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
9859 quark_accessible_object,
9866 * Initialize a AtkImplementorIface instance's virtual pointers as
9867 * appropriate to this implementor's class (GtkWidget).
9870 gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init (AtkImplementorIface *iface)
9872 iface->ref_accessible = gtk_widget_ref_accessible;
9876 gtk_widget_ref_accessible (AtkImplementor *implementor)
9878 AtkObject *accessible;
9880 accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (implementor));
9882 g_object_ref (accessible);
9887 * GtkBuildable implementation
9889 static GQuark quark_builder_has_default = 0;
9890 static GQuark quark_builder_has_focus = 0;
9891 static GQuark quark_builder_atk_relations = 0;
9894 gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface)
9896 quark_builder_has_default = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-has-default");
9897 quark_builder_has_focus = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-has-focus");
9898 quark_builder_atk_relations = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-atk-relations");
9900 iface->set_name = gtk_widget_buildable_set_name;
9901 iface->get_name = gtk_widget_buildable_get_name;
9902 iface->get_internal_child = gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child;
9903 iface->set_buildable_property = gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property;
9904 iface->parser_finished = gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished;
9905 iface->custom_tag_start = gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start;
9906 iface->custom_finished = gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished;
9910 gtk_widget_buildable_set_name (GtkBuildable *buildable,
9913 gtk_widget_set_name (GTK_WIDGET (buildable), name);
9916 static const gchar *
9917 gtk_widget_buildable_get_name (GtkBuildable *buildable)
9919 return gtk_widget_get_name (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
9923 gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
9924 GtkBuilder *builder,
9925 const gchar *childname)
9927 if (strcmp (childname, "accessible") == 0)
9928 return G_OBJECT (gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable)));
9934 gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property (GtkBuildable *buildable,
9935 GtkBuilder *builder,
9937 const GValue *value)
9939 if (strcmp (name, "has-default") == 0 && g_value_get_boolean (value))
9940 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_default,
9941 GINT_TO_POINTER (TRUE));
9942 else if (strcmp (name, "has-focus") == 0 && g_value_get_boolean (value))
9943 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_focus,
9944 GINT_TO_POINTER (TRUE));
9946 g_object_set_property (G_OBJECT (buildable), name, value);
9952 GString *description;
9954 gboolean translatable;
9964 free_action (AtkActionData *data, gpointer user_data)
9966 g_free (data->action_name);
9967 g_string_free (data->description, TRUE);
9968 g_free (data->context);
9969 g_slice_free (AtkActionData, data);
9973 free_relation (AtkRelationData *data, gpointer user_data)
9975 g_free (data->target);
9976 g_free (data->type);
9977 g_slice_free (AtkRelationData, data);
9981 gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
9982 GtkBuilder *builder)
9984 GSList *atk_relations;
9986 if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_default))
9987 gtk_widget_grab_default (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
9988 if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_focus))
9989 gtk_widget_grab_focus (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
9991 atk_relations = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable),
9992 quark_builder_atk_relations);
9995 AtkObject *accessible;
9996 AtkRelationSet *relation_set;
9999 AtkRelationType relation_type;
10000 AtkObject *target_accessible;
10002 accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
10003 relation_set = atk_object_ref_relation_set (accessible);
10005 for (l = atk_relations; l; l = l->next)
10007 AtkRelationData *relation = (AtkRelationData*)l->data;
10009 target = gtk_builder_get_object (builder, relation->target);
10012 g_warning ("Target object %s in <relation> does not exist",
10016 target_accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (target));
10017 g_assert (target_accessible != NULL);
10019 relation_type = atk_relation_type_for_name (relation->type);
10020 if (relation_type == ATK_RELATION_NULL)
10022 g_warning ("<relation> type %s not found",
10026 atk_relation_set_add_relation_by_type (relation_set, relation_type,
10027 target_accessible);
10029 g_object_unref (relation_set);
10031 g_slist_foreach (atk_relations, (GFunc)free_relation, NULL);
10032 g_slist_free (atk_relations);
10033 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_atk_relations,
10042 } AccessibilitySubParserData;
10045 accessibility_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
10046 const gchar *element_name,
10047 const gchar **names,
10048 const gchar **values,
10049 gpointer user_data,
10052 AccessibilitySubParserData *data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
10054 gint line_number, char_number;
10056 if (strcmp (element_name, "relation") == 0)
10058 gchar *target = NULL;
10059 gchar *type = NULL;
10060 AtkRelationData *relation;
10062 for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
10064 if (strcmp (names[i], "target") == 0)
10065 target = g_strdup (values[i]);
10066 else if (strcmp (names[i], "type") == 0)
10067 type = g_strdup (values[i]);
10070 g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
10073 g_set_error (error,
10075 GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_ATTRIBUTE,
10076 "%s:%d:%d '%s' is not a valid attribute of <%s>",
10078 line_number, char_number, names[i], "relation");
10085 if (!target || !type)
10087 g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
10090 g_set_error (error,
10092 GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_MISSING_ATTRIBUTE,
10093 "%s:%d:%d <%s> requires attribute \"%s\"",
10095 line_number, char_number, "relation",
10096 type ? "target" : "type");
10102 relation = g_slice_new (AtkRelationData);
10103 relation->target = target;
10104 relation->type = type;
10106 data->relations = g_slist_prepend (data->relations, relation);
10108 else if (strcmp (element_name, "action") == 0)
10110 const gchar *action_name = NULL;
10111 const gchar *description = NULL;
10112 const gchar *msg_context = NULL;
10113 gboolean translatable = FALSE;
10114 AtkActionData *action;
10116 for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
10118 if (strcmp (names[i], "action_name") == 0)
10119 action_name = values[i];
10120 else if (strcmp (names[i], "description") == 0)
10121 description = values[i];
10122 else if (strcmp (names[i], "translatable") == 0)
10124 if (!_gtk_builder_boolean_from_string (values[i], &translatable, error))
10127 else if (strcmp (names[i], "comments") == 0)
10129 /* do nothing, comments are for translators */
10131 else if (strcmp (names[i], "context") == 0)
10132 msg_context = values[i];
10135 g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
10138 g_set_error (error,
10140 GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_ATTRIBUTE,
10141 "%s:%d:%d '%s' is not a valid attribute of <%s>",
10143 line_number, char_number, names[i], "action");
10150 g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
10153 g_set_error (error,
10155 GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_MISSING_ATTRIBUTE,
10156 "%s:%d:%d <%s> requires attribute \"%s\"",
10158 line_number, char_number, "action",
10163 action = g_slice_new (AtkActionData);
10164 action->action_name = g_strdup (action_name);
10165 action->description = g_string_new (description);
10166 action->context = g_strdup (msg_context);
10167 action->translatable = translatable;
10169 data->actions = g_slist_prepend (data->actions, action);
10171 else if (strcmp (element_name, "accessibility") == 0)
10174 g_warning ("Unsupported tag for GtkWidget: %s\n", element_name);
10178 accessibility_text (GMarkupParseContext *context,
10181 gpointer user_data,
10184 AccessibilitySubParserData *data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
10186 if (strcmp (g_markup_parse_context_get_element (context), "action") == 0)
10188 AtkActionData *action = data->actions->data;
10190 g_string_append_len (action->description, text, text_len);
10194 static const GMarkupParser accessibility_parser =
10196 accessibility_start_element,
10198 accessibility_text,
10207 } AccelGroupParserData;
10210 accel_group_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
10211 const gchar *element_name,
10212 const gchar **names,
10213 const gchar **values,
10214 gpointer user_data,
10219 guint modifiers = 0;
10220 gchar *signal = NULL;
10221 AccelGroupParserData *parser_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
10223 for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
10225 if (strcmp (names[i], "key") == 0)
10226 key = gdk_keyval_from_name (values[i]);
10227 else if (strcmp (names[i], "modifiers") == 0)
10229 if (!_gtk_builder_flags_from_string (GDK_TYPE_MODIFIER_TYPE,
10235 else if (strcmp (names[i], "signal") == 0)
10236 signal = g_strdup (values[i]);
10239 if (key == 0 || signal == NULL)
10241 g_warning ("<accelerator> requires key and signal attributes");
10244 parser_data->key = key;
10245 parser_data->modifiers = modifiers;
10246 parser_data->signal = signal;
10249 static const GMarkupParser accel_group_parser =
10251 accel_group_start_element,
10255 gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start (GtkBuildable *buildable,
10256 GtkBuilder *builder,
10258 const gchar *tagname,
10259 GMarkupParser *parser,
10262 g_assert (buildable);
10264 if (strcmp (tagname, "accelerator") == 0)
10266 AccelGroupParserData *parser_data;
10268 parser_data = g_slice_new0 (AccelGroupParserData);
10269 parser_data->object = g_object_ref (buildable);
10270 *parser = accel_group_parser;
10271 *data = parser_data;
10274 if (strcmp (tagname, "accessibility") == 0)
10276 AccessibilitySubParserData *parser_data;
10278 parser_data = g_slice_new0 (AccessibilitySubParserData);
10279 *parser = accessibility_parser;
10280 *data = parser_data;
10287 _gtk_widget_buildable_finish_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
10288 GtkWidget *toplevel,
10289 gpointer user_data)
10291 AccelGroupParserData *accel_data;
10292 GSList *accel_groups;
10293 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group;
10295 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10296 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (toplevel));
10297 g_return_if_fail (user_data != NULL);
10299 accel_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
10300 accel_groups = gtk_accel_groups_from_object (G_OBJECT (toplevel));
10301 if (g_slist_length (accel_groups) == 0)
10303 accel_group = gtk_accel_group_new ();
10304 gtk_window_add_accel_group (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), accel_group);
10308 g_assert (g_slist_length (accel_groups) == 1);
10309 accel_group = g_slist_nth_data (accel_groups, 0);
10312 gtk_widget_add_accelerator (GTK_WIDGET (accel_data->object),
10313 accel_data->signal,
10316 accel_data->modifiers,
10317 GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE);
10319 g_object_unref (accel_data->object);
10320 g_free (accel_data->signal);
10321 g_slice_free (AccelGroupParserData, accel_data);
10325 gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
10326 GtkBuilder *builder,
10328 const gchar *tagname,
10329 gpointer user_data)
10331 AccelGroupParserData *accel_data;
10332 AccessibilitySubParserData *a11y_data;
10333 GtkWidget *toplevel;
10335 if (strcmp (tagname, "accelerator") == 0)
10337 accel_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
10338 g_assert (accel_data->object);
10340 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GTK_WIDGET (accel_data->object));
10342 _gtk_widget_buildable_finish_accelerator (GTK_WIDGET (buildable), toplevel, user_data);
10344 else if (strcmp (tagname, "accessibility") == 0)
10346 a11y_data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
10348 if (a11y_data->actions)
10350 AtkObject *accessible;
10355 accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
10357 action = ATK_ACTION (accessible);
10358 n_actions = atk_action_get_n_actions (action);
10360 for (l = a11y_data->actions; l; l = l->next)
10362 AtkActionData *action_data = (AtkActionData*)l->data;
10364 for (i = 0; i < n_actions; i++)
10365 if (strcmp (atk_action_get_name (action, i),
10366 action_data->action_name) == 0)
10371 gchar *description;
10373 if (action_data->translatable && action_data->description->len)
10374 description = _gtk_builder_parser_translate (gtk_builder_get_translation_domain (builder),
10375 action_data->context,
10376 action_data->description->str);
10378 description = action_data->description->str;
10380 atk_action_set_description (action, i, description);
10384 g_slist_foreach (a11y_data->actions, (GFunc)free_action, NULL);
10385 g_slist_free (a11y_data->actions);
10388 if (a11y_data->relations)
10389 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_atk_relations,
10390 a11y_data->relations);
10392 g_slice_free (AccessibilitySubParserData, a11y_data);
10398 * gtk_widget_get_clipboard:
10399 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10400 * @selection: a #GdkAtom which identifies the clipboard
10401 * to use. %GDK_SELECTION_CLIPBOARD gives the
10402 * default clipboard. Another common value
10403 * is %GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY, which gives
10404 * the primary X selection.
10406 * Returns the clipboard object for the given selection to
10407 * be used with @widget. @widget must have a #GdkDisplay
10408 * associated with it, so must be attached to a toplevel
10411 * Return value: the appropriate clipboard object. If no
10412 * clipboard already exists, a new one will
10413 * be created. Once a clipboard object has
10414 * been created, it is persistent for all time.
10419 gtk_widget_get_clipboard (GtkWidget *widget, GdkAtom selection)
10421 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10422 g_return_val_if_fail (gtk_widget_has_screen (widget), NULL);
10424 return gtk_clipboard_get_for_display (gtk_widget_get_display (widget),
10429 * gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels:
10430 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10432 * Returns a newly allocated list of the widgets, normally labels, for
10433 * which this widget is a the target of a mnemonic (see for example,
10434 * gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget()).
10436 * The widgets in the list are not individually referenced. If you
10437 * want to iterate through the list and perform actions involving
10438 * callbacks that might destroy the widgets, you
10439 * <emphasis>must</emphasis> call <literal>g_list_foreach (result,
10440 * (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL)</literal> first, and then unref all the
10441 * widgets afterwards.
10443 * Return value: the list of mnemonic labels; free this list
10444 * with g_list_free() when you are done with it.
10449 gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels (GtkWidget *widget)
10451 GList *list = NULL;
10454 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10456 for (l = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels); l; l = l->next)
10457 list = g_list_prepend (list, l->data);
10463 * gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label:
10464 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10465 * @label: a #GtkWidget that acts as a mnemonic label for @widget
10467 * Adds a widget to the list of mnemonic labels for
10468 * this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). Note the
10469 * list of mnemonic labels for the widget is cleared when the
10470 * widget is destroyed, so the caller must make sure to update
10471 * its internal state at this point as well, by using a connection
10472 * to the #GtkWidget::destroy signal or a weak notifier.
10477 gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget,
10480 GSList *old_list, *new_list;
10482 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10483 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (label));
10485 old_list = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels);
10486 new_list = g_slist_prepend (old_list, label);
10488 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels,
10489 new_list, (GDestroyNotify) g_slist_free);
10493 * gtk_widget_remove_mnemonic_label:
10494 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10495 * @label: a #GtkWidget that was previously set as a mnemnic label for
10496 * @widget with gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().
10498 * Removes a widget from the list of mnemonic labels for
10499 * this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). The widget
10500 * must have previously been added to the list with
10501 * gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().
10506 gtk_widget_remove_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget,
10509 GSList *old_list, *new_list;
10511 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10512 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (label));
10514 old_list = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels);
10515 new_list = g_slist_remove (old_list, label);
10518 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels,
10519 new_list, (GDestroyNotify) g_slist_free);
10523 * gtk_widget_get_no_show_all:
10524 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10526 * Returns the current value of the GtkWidget:no-show-all property,
10527 * which determines whether calls to gtk_widget_show_all() and
10528 * gtk_widget_hide_all() will affect this widget.
10530 * Return value: the current value of the "no-show-all" property.
10535 gtk_widget_get_no_show_all (GtkWidget *widget)
10537 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
10539 return (GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_NO_SHOW_ALL) != 0;
10543 * gtk_widget_set_no_show_all:
10544 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10545 * @no_show_all: the new value for the "no-show-all" property
10547 * Sets the #GtkWidget:no-show-all property, which determines whether
10548 * calls to gtk_widget_show_all() and gtk_widget_hide_all() will affect
10551 * This is mostly for use in constructing widget hierarchies with externally
10552 * controlled visibility, see #GtkUIManager.
10557 gtk_widget_set_no_show_all (GtkWidget *widget,
10558 gboolean no_show_all)
10560 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10562 no_show_all = (no_show_all != FALSE);
10564 if (no_show_all == ((GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_NO_SHOW_ALL) != 0))
10568 GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_NO_SHOW_ALL);
10570 GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_NO_SHOW_ALL);
10572 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "no-show-all");
10577 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
10578 gboolean has_tooltip,
10581 gboolean priv_has_tooltip;
10583 priv_has_tooltip = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
10584 quark_has_tooltip));
10586 if (priv_has_tooltip != has_tooltip || force)
10588 priv_has_tooltip = has_tooltip;
10590 if (priv_has_tooltip)
10592 if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget) && GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
10593 gdk_window_set_events (widget->window,
10594 gdk_window_get_events (widget->window) |
10595 GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK |
10596 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK |
10597 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK);
10599 if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
10600 gtk_widget_add_events (widget,
10601 GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK |
10602 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK |
10603 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK);
10606 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip,
10607 GUINT_TO_POINTER (priv_has_tooltip));
10612 * gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window:
10613 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10614 * @custom_window: a #GtkWindow, or %NULL
10616 * Replaces the default, usually yellow, window used for displaying
10617 * tooltips with @custom_window. GTK+ will take care of showing and
10618 * hiding @custom_window at the right moment, to behave likewise as
10619 * the default tooltip window. If @custom_window is %NULL, the default
10620 * tooltip window will be used.
10625 gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget,
10626 GtkWindow *custom_window)
10628 gboolean has_tooltip;
10629 gchar *tooltip_markup;
10631 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10632 g_return_if_fail (custom_window == NULL || GTK_IS_WINDOW (custom_window));
10634 tooltip_markup = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_markup);
10637 g_object_ref (custom_window);
10639 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_window,
10640 custom_window, g_object_unref);
10642 has_tooltip = (custom_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
10643 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, has_tooltip, FALSE);
10645 if (has_tooltip && GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
10646 gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
10650 * gtk_widget_get_tooltip_window:
10651 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10653 * Returns the #GtkWindow of the current tooltip. This can be the
10654 * GtkWindow created by default, or the custom tooltip window set
10655 * using gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window().
10657 * Return value: The #GtkWindow of the current tooltip.
10662 gtk_widget_get_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget)
10664 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10666 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_window);
10670 * gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query:
10671 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10673 * Triggers a tooltip query on the display where the toplevel of @widget
10674 * is located. See gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query() for more
10680 gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget)
10682 gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query (gtk_widget_get_display (widget));
10685 static guint tooltip_query_id;
10686 static GSList *tooltip_query_displays;
10689 tooltip_query_idle (gpointer data)
10691 g_slist_foreach (tooltip_query_displays, (GFunc)gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query, NULL);
10692 g_slist_foreach (tooltip_query_displays, (GFunc)g_object_unref, NULL);
10693 g_slist_free (tooltip_query_displays);
10695 tooltip_query_displays = NULL;
10696 tooltip_query_id = 0;
10702 gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget)
10704 GdkDisplay *display;
10706 display = gtk_widget_get_display (widget);
10708 if (!g_slist_find (tooltip_query_displays, display))
10709 tooltip_query_displays = g_slist_prepend (tooltip_query_displays, g_object_ref (display));
10711 if (tooltip_query_id == 0)
10712 tooltip_query_id = gdk_threads_add_idle (tooltip_query_idle, NULL);
10716 * gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text:
10717 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10718 * @text: the contents of the tooltip for @widget
10720 * Sets @text as the contents of the tooltip. This function will take
10721 * care of setting GtkWidget:has-tooltip to %TRUE and of the default
10722 * handler for the GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.
10724 * See also the GtkWidget:tooltip-text property and gtk_tooltip_set_text().
10729 gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget,
10732 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10734 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-text", text, NULL);
10738 * gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text:
10739 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10741 * Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.
10743 * Return value: the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
10744 * returned string with g_free() when done.
10749 gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget)
10751 gchar *text = NULL;
10753 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10755 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-text", &text, NULL);
10761 * gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup:
10762 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10763 * @markup: the contents of the tooltip for @widget, or %NULL
10765 * Sets @markup as the contents of the tooltip, which is marked up with
10766 * the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>.
10768 * This function will take care of setting GtkWidget:has-tooltip to %TRUE
10769 * and of the default handler for the GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.
10771 * See also the GtkWidget:tooltip-markup property and
10772 * gtk_tooltip_set_markup().
10777 gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget,
10778 const gchar *markup)
10780 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10782 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-markup", markup, NULL);
10786 * gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup:
10787 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10789 * Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.
10791 * Return value: the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
10792 * returned string with g_free() when done.
10797 gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget)
10799 gchar *text = NULL;
10801 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10803 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-markup", &text, NULL);
10809 * gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip:
10810 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10811 * @has_tooltip: whether or not @widget has a tooltip.
10813 * Sets the has-tooltip property on @widget to @has_tooltip. See
10814 * GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.
10819 gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
10820 gboolean has_tooltip)
10822 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10824 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-tooltip", has_tooltip, NULL);
10828 * gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip:
10829 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10831 * Returns the current value of the has-tooltip property. See
10832 * GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.
10834 * Return value: current value of has-tooltip on @widget.
10839 gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget)
10841 gboolean has_tooltip = FALSE;
10843 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
10845 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-tooltip", &has_tooltip, NULL);
10847 return has_tooltip;
10851 * gtk_widget_get_allocation:
10852 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10853 * @allocation: a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy to
10855 * Retrieves the widget's allocation.
10860 gtk_widget_get_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
10861 GtkAllocation *allocation)
10863 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10864 g_return_if_fail (allocation != NULL);
10866 *allocation = widget->allocation;
10870 * gtk_widget_set_allocation:
10871 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10872 * @allocation: a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy from
10874 * Sets the widget's allocation. This should not be used
10875 * directly, but from within a widget's size_allocate method.
10880 gtk_widget_set_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
10881 const GtkAllocation *allocation)
10883 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10884 g_return_if_fail (allocation != NULL);
10886 widget->allocation = *allocation;
10890 * gtk_widget_set_window:
10891 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10892 * @window: a #GdkWindow
10894 * Sets a widget's window. This function should only be used in a
10895 * widget's GtkWidget::realize() implementation. The %window passed is
10896 * usually either new window created with gdk_window_new(), or the
10897 * window of its parent widget as returned by
10898 * gtk_widget_get_parent_window().
10900 * Widgets must indicate whether they will create their own #GdkWindow
10901 * by calling gtk_widget_set_has_window(). This is usually done in the
10902 * widget's init() function.
10907 gtk_widget_set_window (GtkWidget *widget,
10910 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10911 g_return_if_fail (window == NULL || GDK_IS_WINDOW (window));
10913 if (widget->window != window)
10915 widget->window = window;
10916 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "window");
10921 * gtk_widget_get_window:
10922 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10924 * Returns the widget's window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise
10926 * Return value: @widget's window.
10931 gtk_widget_get_window (GtkWidget *widget)
10933 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10935 return widget->window;
10938 #define __GTK_WIDGET_C__
10939 #include "gtkaliasdef.c"